US20060134786A1 - Nucleotide sequences and polypeptides encoded thereby useful for modifying plant characteristics - Google Patents

Nucleotide sequences and polypeptides encoded thereby useful for modifying plant characteristics Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20060134786A1
US20060134786A1 US11/241,596 US24159605A US2006134786A1 US 20060134786 A1 US20060134786 A1 US 20060134786A1 US 24159605 A US24159605 A US 24159605A US 2006134786 A1 US2006134786 A1 US 2006134786A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
plant
sequence
plants
nucleic acid
genes
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US11/241,596
Inventor
Kenneth Feldmann
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Ceres Inc
Original Assignee
Ceres Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Ceres Inc filed Critical Ceres Inc
Priority to US11/241,596 priority Critical patent/US20060134786A1/en
Assigned to CERES, INC. reassignment CERES, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: FELDMANN, KENNETH A
Publication of US20060134786A1 publication Critical patent/US20060134786A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/63Introduction of foreign genetic material using vectors; Vectors; Use of hosts therefor; Regulation of expression
    • C12N15/79Vectors or expression systems specially adapted for eukaryotic hosts
    • C12N15/82Vectors or expression systems specially adapted for eukaryotic hosts for plant cells, e.g. plant artificial chromosomes (PACs)
    • C12N15/8241Phenotypically and genetically modified plants via recombinant DNA technology
    • C12N15/8261Phenotypically and genetically modified plants via recombinant DNA technology with agronomic (input) traits, e.g. crop yield
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02ATECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A40/00Adaptation technologies in agriculture, forestry, livestock or agroalimentary production
    • Y02A40/10Adaptation technologies in agriculture, forestry, livestock or agroalimentary production in agriculture
    • Y02A40/146Genetically Modified [GMO] plants, e.g. transgenic plants

Definitions

  • This application contains a CDR, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
  • the CDR contains the following files: File Name Create Date File Size Table 1 - Sequences.doc 09/29/2004 606 KB Table 2 - References.doc 09/29/2004 574 KB Table 3 - Microarry.doc 09/29/2004 467 KB Table 4 - Ortholog Report.doc 09/29/2004 224 KB Table 5 - Utility Discovery.doc 09/30/2004 27 KB
  • the present invention relates to isolated polynucleotides, polypeptides encoded thereby, and the use of those products for making transgenic plants with improved nitrogen use efficiency.
  • Nitrogen is often the rate-limiting element in plant growth, and all field crops have a fundamental dependence on exogenous nitrogen sources.
  • Nitrogenous fertilizer which is usually supplied as ammonium nitrate, potassium nitrate, or urea, typically accounts for 40% of the costs associated with crops, such as corn and wheat in intensive agriculture. Increased efficiency of nitrogen use by plants should enable the production of higher yields with existing fertilizer inputs and/or enable existing yields of crops to be obtained with lower fertilizer input, or better yields on soils of poorer quality. Also, higher amounts of proteins in the crops could also be produced more cost-effectively.
  • Plants have a number of means to cope with nutrient deficiencies, such as poor nitrogen availability. They constantly sense nitrogen availability in the soil and respond accordingly by modulating gene expression. Although more is being discovered about nitrogen and the components involved in regulating its uptake and utilization, much is still unknown about many of these complex interactions. For this reason, it is interesting when a gene of known or unknown function is shown to have a nitrogen response, as it opens up new possibilities and insights into nitrogen utilization and nitrogen use efficiency in a competitive environment (i.e. low and/or high nitrogen).
  • a competitive environment can be simulated by using a nitrogen (N) assimilation inhibitor and provides a useful screen to identify genes that have better nitrogen use efficiency (NUE).
  • NUE nitrogen use efficiency
  • Nitrogen assimilation inhibitor screens are based on the fact that under normal conditions ammonium is converted into glutamine by glutamine synthetase (FIG. 1). When N pools accumulate, ammonium uptake is turned off by feedback regulation. But an inhibitor of glutamine synthetase, such as methionine sulfoximine (MSX), blocks the conversion of ammonium to glutamine and affects the biosynthesis of major nitrogen containing compounds such as amino acids, nucleotides, chlorophylls, polyamines, and alkaloids (FIG. 1).
  • MSX methionine sulfoximine
  • the present invention therefore, relates to isolated polynucleotides, polypeptides encoded thereby, and the use of those products for making transgenic plants with improved NUE.
  • the present invention also relates to processes for increasing the growth potential in plants due to NUE, recombinant nucleic acid molecules and polypeptides used for these processes and their uses, as well as to plants with an increased growth potential due to improved NUE.
  • the term “increase in growth potential” preferably relates to continued growth under low nitrogen with or without high abscissic acid, better soil recovery after exposure to low nitrogen-high abscissic acid and increased tolerance to varing nitrogen conditions. Such an increase in growth potential preferably results from an increase in NUE.
  • Sequence Table sets forth the specific polynucleotide and polypeptide sequence of the invention. Each sequence is provided a number that directly follows a “>” symbol, and the description of the sequence directly follows on the next line in the Table. It will be noted that a polynuceotide sequence is directly followed by the encoded.
  • the Reference Table refers to a number of “Maximum Length Sequences” or “MLS.” Each MLS corresponds to the longest cDNA obtained, either by cloning or by the prediction from genomic sequence. The sequence of the MLS is the cDNA sequence as described in the Av subsection of the Reference Table.
  • the Reference Table includes the following information relating to each MLS:
  • the Reference Table indicates which sequence in the Sequence Table represents the sequence of each MLS.
  • the MLS sequence can comprise 5′ and 3′ UTR as well as coding sequences.
  • specific cDNA clone numbers also are included in the Reference Table when the MLS sequence relates to a specific cDNA clone.
  • the location of the 5′ UTR can be determined by comparing the most 5′ MLS sequence with the corresponding genomic sequence as indicated in the Reference Table. The sequence that matches, beginning at any of the transcriptional start sites and ending at the last nucleotide before any of the translational start sites corresponds to the 5′ UTR.
  • the coding region is the sequence in any open reading frame found in the MLS. Coding regions of interest are indicated in the PolyP SEQ subsection of the Reference Table.
  • the location of the 3′ UTR can be determined by comparing the most 3′ MLS sequence with the corresponding genomic sequence as indicated in the Reference Table. The sequence that matches, beginning at the translational stop site and ending at the last nucleotide of the MLS corresponds to the 3′ UTR.
  • Reference Table indicates the specific “gi” number of the genomic sequence if the sequence resides in a public databank.
  • Reference tables indicate which regions are included in the MLS. These regions can include the 5′ and 3′ UTRs as well as the coding sequence of the MLS. See, for example, the scheme below:
  • the Reference Table reports the first and last base of each region that is included in an MLS sequence. An example is shown below:
  • the location of the exons can be determined by comparing the sequence of the regions from the genomic sequences with the corresponding MLS sequence as indicated by the Reference Table.
  • the polypeptide section indicates where the translational start site is located in the MLS sequence.
  • the MLS sequence can be matched to the genomic sequence that corresponds to the MLS. Based on the match between the MLS and corresponding genomic sequences, the location of the translational start site can be determined in one of the regions of the genomic sequence. The location of this translational start site is the start of the first exon.
  • the last base of the exon of the corresponding genomic region, in which the translational start site is located will represent the end of the initial exon.
  • the initial exon ends with a stop codon, when the initial exon is the only exon.
  • the last base will be a larger number than the first base.
  • the last base will be a smaller number than the first base.
  • the remaining genomic regions that match the MLS sequence are the internal exons. Specifically, the bases defining the boundaries of the remaining regions also define the intron/exon junctions of the internal exons.
  • the location of the terminal exon is determined with information from the
  • the polypeptide section will indicate where the stop codon is located in the MLS sequence.
  • the MLS sequence can be matched to the corresponding genomic sequence. Based on the match between MLS and corresponding genomic sequences, the location of the stop codon can be determined in one of the regions of the genomic sequence. The location of this stop codon is the end of the terminal exon.
  • the first base of the exon of the corresponding genomic region that matches the cDNA sequence, in which the stop codon is located will represent the beginning of the terminal exon.
  • the translational start site represents the start of the terminal exon, which is the only exon.
  • the last base will be a larger number than the first base.
  • the last base will be a smaller number than the first base.
  • introns corresponding to the MLS are defined by identifying the genomic sequence located between the regions where the genomic sequence comprises exons.
  • introns are defined as starting one base downstream of a genomic region comprising an exon, and end one base upstream from a genomic region comprising an exon.
  • promoter sequences corresponding to the MLS are defined as sequences upstream of the first exon; more usually, as sequences upstream of the first of multiple transcription start sites; even more usually as sequences about 2,000 nucleotides upstream of the first of multiple transcription start sites.
  • the Reference Table identifies the cDNA clone(s) that relate to each MLS.
  • the MLS sequence can be longer than the sequences included in the cDNA clones.
  • the Reference Table indicates the region of the MLS that is included in the clone. If either the 5′ or 3′ termini of the cDNA clone sequence is the same as the MLS sequence, no mention will be made.
  • Initiation of transcription can occur at a number of sites of the gene.
  • the Reference Table indicates the possible multiple transcription sites for each gene.
  • the location of the transcription start sites can be either a positive or negative number.
  • the positions indicated by positive numbers refer to the transcription start sites as located in the MLS sequence.
  • the negative numbers indicate the transcription start site within the genomic sequence that corresponds to the MLS.
  • the MLS sequence is aligned with the corresponding genomic sequence.
  • the relevant corresponding genomic sequence can be found by direct reference to the nucleotide sequence indicated by the “gi” number shown in the public genomic DNA section of the Reference Table.
  • the transcription start site is located in the corresponding genomic sequence upstream of the base that matches the beginning of the MLS sequence in the alignment.
  • the negative number is relative to the first base of the MLS sequence that matches the genomic sequence corresponding to the relevant “gi” number.
  • nucleotide sequence for alignment is the nucleotide sequence associated with the amino acid sequence designated by “gi” number of the later PolyP SEQ subsection.
  • the PolyP SEQ subsection lists SEQ ID NOs and Ceres SEQ ID NO for polypeptide sequences corresponding to the coding sequence of the MLS sequence and the location of the translational start site with the coding sequence of the MLS sequence.
  • the MLS sequence can have multiple translational start sites and can be capable of producing more than one polypeptide sequence.
  • the Reference tables also indicate in subsection (B) the cleavage site of the putative signal peptide of the polypeptide corresponding to the coding sequence of the MLS sequence.
  • signal peptide coding sequences comprise a sequence encoding the first residue of the polypeptide to the cleavage site residue.
  • Subsection (C) provides information regarding identified domains (where present) within the polypeptide and (where present) a name for the polypeptide domain.
  • Subsection (Dp) provides (where present) information concerning amino acid sequences that are found to be related and have some percentage of sequence identity to the polypeptide sequences of the Reference and Sequence Tables. Each of these related sequences is identified by a “gi” number.
  • Subsection (Dn) provides polynucleotide sequences (where present) that are related to and have some percentage of sequence identity to the MLS or corresponding genomic sequence.
  • Abbreviation Description Max Len. Seq. Maximum Length Sequence rel to Related to Clone Ids Clone ID numbers Pub gDNA Public Genomic DNA gi No. gi number Gen. Seq. in Cdna Genomic Sequence in cDNA (Each region for a single gene prediction is listed on a separate line. In the case of multiple gene predictions, the group of regions relating to a single prediction are separated by a blank line) (Ac) cDNA SEQ cDNA sequence Pat. Appln.
  • Predicted Polypeptide(s) (Title) Name of Domain Loc. SEQ ID NO Location of the domain within the polypeptide #: # ⁇ > # aa. of SEQ ID NO: from # to # amino acid residues. (Dp) Rel. AA SEQ Related Amino Acid Sequences Align. NO Alignment number gi No Gi number Desp. Description % Idnt. Percent identity Align. Len. Alignment Length Loc. SEQ ID NO: Location within SEQ ID NO: from # to # # # ⁇ > # aa amino acid residue. 3. MA_Table (Table 3)
  • the MA Table presents the results of the differential expression experiments for the mRNAs, as reported by their corresponding cDNA ID number, that were differentially transcribed under a particular set of conditions as compared to a control sample.
  • the cDNA ID numbers correspond to those utilized in the Reference and Sequence Tables. Increases in mRNA abundance levels in experimental plants versus the controls are denoted with the plus sign (+). Likewise, reductions in mRNA abundance levels in the experimental plants are denoted with the minus ( ⁇ ) sign.
  • the “cDNA_ID” provides the identifier number for the cDNA tracked in the experiment.
  • the column headed “SHORT_NAME” (e.g. At — 0.001%_MeJA_cDNA_P) provides a short description of the experimental conditions used.
  • the column headed “EXPT_REP_ID” provides an identifier number for the particular experiment conducted.
  • the values in the column headed “Differential” indicate whether expression of the cDNA was increased (+) or decreased ( ⁇ ) compared to the control.
  • the data following the expression results provides the experimental parameters used in conducting the microarray experiment.
  • the “SHORT_NAME” identifies the experiment (e.g. At — 0.001%_MeJA_cDNA_P).
  • the first column, “EXPT_REP_ID,” indicates the individual experiment. (e.g. 108569).
  • the second column, “PARAM_NAME,” identifies the parameter used(e.g. Timepoint (hr)), while the third column, “VALUE” provides the descriptor for the particular parameter (e.g. “6”).
  • the “Methyl Jasmonate” section of the Specification provides information pertinent to the 0.001% MeJA (methyl jasmonate) experiment 108569, which contains data taken from a 6 hr Timepoint.
  • This table contains three types of sequence information. First, it identifies protein sequences that have similar activities to the sequence of the “query” protein.
  • the query sequence is identified by the cDNA_ID, a taxon ID and the organism from which it originated.
  • sequences that follow are orthologous to the query sequence. These sequences, denoted as “Hit,” are identified either by the Ceres clone ID, the Ceres cDNA ID or a “gi” number. When possible, a nucleotide sequence that encodes the protein is included. Note that a particular protein can be identified by more than one “gi” number. In these cases, only one nucleotide sequence corresponding to one of the “gi” numbers in included. Other nucleotide sequences corresponding to the remaining “gi” number(s) can be found on the internet at the NCBI website.
  • the second type of information presented is a consensus sequence derived from the ortholog sequences previously listed. This consensus sequence indicates which amino acid(s) appear at each position. The following Legend applies:
  • the third type of information presented is in the form of a matrix.
  • This matrix indicates the specific amino acid(s) found at each residue position when the ortholog sequences are aligned in a multiple alignment.
  • Each row of the matrix contains 60 positions (e.g. 1-60, 61-120, etc.) In order to accommodate legible font, the values of each row wrap such that positions 1-60, for example, appear on lines 1-7 in this section of the table even though they represent a single row.
  • the first row of each matrix indicates the residue position in the consensus sequence.
  • the matrix reports the number of occurrences of all the amino acids that were found in the group members for every residue position of the signature sequence in the next row.
  • the matrix also indicates how many different organisms were found to have a polypeptide in the group that included a residue at the relevant position indicates for each residue position (third row). Note that this number can be greater than the number of different organisms due to sequence differences found in mutants, etc.
  • the last row of the matrix indicates all the amino acids that were found at each position of the consensus.
  • the Utility Discovery Table presents the results of experiments wherein plants are grown from tissues transformed with a marker gene-containing insert and phenotypes are ascertained from the transformed plants.
  • Each section of the Table relating to information on a new transformant begins with a heading “Utility discovery for cDNA_id:” followed by a number which represents the Ceres internal code for a proprietary cDNA sequence.
  • the transformant described is prepared by procedures described herein and the marker gene-containing insert interrupts the Ceres proprietary cDNA_id (corresponding to the cDNA_id in the Reference and Sequence Tables) identified. The following information is presented for each section.
  • Each entry in the Utility Discovery report represents a transformant with an interruption in the identified cDNA_id, which may be correlated with more than one identified phenotype.
  • Allelic variant is an alternative form of the same SDF, which resides at the same chromosomal locus in the organism. Allelic variations can occur in any portion of the gene sequence, including regulatory regions. Allelic variants can arise by normal genetic variation in a population. Allelic variants can also be produced by genetic engineering methods. An allelic variant can be one that is found in a naturally occurring plant, including a cultivar or ecotype. An allelic variant may or may not give rise to a phenotypic change, and may or may not be expressed. An allele can result in a detectable change in the phenotype of the trait represented by the locus. A phenotypically silent allele can give rise to a product.
  • Chimeric The term “chimeric” is used to describe genes, as defined supra, or contructs wherein at least two of the elements of the gene or construct, such as the promoter and the coding sequence and/or other regulatory sequences and/or filler sequences and/or complements thereof, are heterologous to each other.
  • Constitutive Promoter Promoters referred to herein as “constitutive promoters” actively promote transcription under most, but not necessarily all, environmental conditions and states of development or cell differentiation.
  • constitutive promoters include the cauliflower mosaic virus (CaMV) 35S transcript initiation region and the 1′ or 2′ promoter derived from T-DNA of Agrobacterium tumefaciens, and other transcription initiation regions from various plant genes, such as the maize ubiquitin-1 promoter, known to those of skill.
  • CaMV cauliflower mosaic virus
  • 1′ or 2′ promoter derived from T-DNA of Agrobacterium tumefaciens and other transcription initiation regions from various plant genes, such as the maize ubiquitin-1 promoter, known to those of skill.
  • Coordinately expressed refers to genes that are expressed at the same or a similar time and/or stage and/or under the same or similar environmental conditions.
  • Domains are fingerprints or signatures that can be used to characterize protein families and/or parts of proteins. Such fingerprints or signatures can comprise conserved (1) primary sequence, (2) secondary structure, and/or (3) three-dimensional conformation. Generally, each domain has been associated with either a family of proteins or motifs. Typically, these families and/or motifs have been correlated with specific in-vitro and/or in-vivo activities. A domain can be any length, including the entirety of the sequence of a protein. Detailed descriptions of the domains, associated families and motifs, and correlated activities of the polypeptides of the instant invention are described below. Usually, the polypeptides with designated domain(s) can exhibit at least one activity that is exhibited by any polypeptide that comprises the same domain(s).
  • Endogenous refers to any polynucleotide, polypeptide or protein sequence which is a natural part of a cell or organisms regenerated from said cell.
  • Exogenous is any polynucleotide, polypeptide or protein sequence, whether chimeric or not, that is initially or subsequently introduced into the genome of an individual host cell or the organism regenerated from said host cell by any means other than by a sexual cross. Examples of means by which this can be accomplished are described below, and include Agrobacterium -mediated transformation (of dicots—e.g. Salomon et al. EMBO J. 3:141 (1984); Herrera-Estrella et al. EMBO J. 2:987 (1983); of monocots, representative papers are those by Escudero et al., Plant J.
  • Agrobacterium -mediated transformation of dicots—e.g. Salomon et al. EMBO J. 3:141 (1984); Herrera-Estrella et al. EMBO J. 2:987 (1983); of monocots, representative papers are those by Escudero et al., Plant J.
  • exogenous nucleic acid is referred to here as a T 0 for the primary transgenic plant and T 1 for the first generation.
  • exogenous as used herein is also intended to encompass inserting a naturally found element into a non-naturally found location.
  • Gene encompasses all regulatory and coding sequence contiguously associated with a single hereditary unit with a genetic function.
  • Genes can include non-coding sequences that modulate the genetic function that include, but are not limited to, those that specify polyadenylation, transcriptional regulation, DNA conformation, chromatin conformation, extent and position of base methylation and binding sites of proteins that control all of these.
  • a gene's genetic function may require only RNA expression or protein production, or may only require binding of proteins and/or nucleic acids without associated expression. In certain cases, genes adjacent to one another may share sequence in such a way that one gene will overlap the other.
  • a gene can be found within the genome of an organism, artificial chromosome, plasmid, vector, etc., or as a separate isolated entity.
  • Heterologous sequences are those that are not operatively linked or are not contiguous to each other in nature.
  • a promoter from corn is considered heterologous to an Arabidopsis coding region sequence.
  • a promoter from a gene encoding a growth factor from corn is considered heterologous to a sequence encoding the corn receptor for the growth factor.
  • Regulatory element sequences such as UTRs or 3′ end termination sequences that do not originate in nature from the same gene as the coding sequence originates from, are considered heterologous to said coding sequence.
  • Elements operatively linked in nature and contiguous to each other are not heterologous to each other.
  • these same elements remain operatively linked but become heterologous if other filler sequence is placed between them.
  • the promoter and coding sequences of a corn gene expressing an amino acid transporter are not heterologous to each other, but the promoter and coding sequence of a corn gene operatively linked in a novel manner are heterologous.
  • This phrase refers to a total nitrogen concentration of 240 mM (e.g. KNO 3 and NH 4 NO 3 combined).
  • homologous gene refers to a gene that shares sequence similarity with the gene of interest. This similarity may be in only a fragment of the sequence and often represents a functional domain such as, examples including without limitation a DNA binding domain, a domain with tyrosine kinase activity, or the like. The functional activities of homologous genes are not necessarily the same.
  • an “inducible promoter” in the context of the current invention refers to a promoter which is regulated under certain conditions, such as light, chemical concentration, protein concentration, conditions in an organism, cell, or organelle, etc.
  • a typical example of an inducible promoter, which can be utilized with the polynucleotides of the present invention, is PARSK1, the promoter from the Arabidopsis gene encoding a serine-threonine kinase enzyme, and which promoter is induced by dehydration, abscissic acid and sodium chloride (Wang and Goodman, Plant J. 8:37 (1995)).
  • Examples of environmental conditions that may affect transcription by inducible promoters include anaerobic conditions, elevated temperature, or the presence of light.
  • low nitrogen conditions refers to either a concentration of 100 ⁇ M KNO 3 or 100-300 ⁇ M total nitrogen (e.g. KNO 3 and NH 4 NO 3 combined).
  • Masterpool The term “masterpool” as used in these experiments is a pool of seeds from five different plants. Each of these plants has been transformed with the same promoter/cDNA combination. An equal number o0f seeds from each plant is used to make up the pool.
  • misexpression refers to an increase or a decrease in the transcription of a coding region into a complementary RNA sequence as compared to the wild-type. This term also encompasses expression of a gene or coding region for a different time period as compared to the wild-type and/or from a non-natural location within the plant genome.
  • Nitrogen assimilation inhibitor refers to a compound, polypeptide or protein that interferes with the conversion of ammonium to usable nitrogen (e.g. glutamine) or the feedback inhibition pathway that results in cessation of nitrogen uptake when nitrogen pools accumulate.
  • nitrogen assimilation inhibitors are Methionine sulfoximine (MSX; blocks conversion of ammonium to glutamine), Azaserine (a glutamine amidotransferase inhibitor) and Albizzin (a glutamase inhibitor).
  • Normal Nitrogen Conditiions This phrase refers to the total nitrogen present in standard MSO media, 60 mM.
  • orthologous gene refers to a second gene that encodes a gene product that performs a similar function as the product of a first gene.
  • the orthologous gene may also have a degree of sequence similarity to the first gene.
  • the orthologous gene may encode a polypeptide that exhibits a degree of sequence similarity to a polypeptide corresponding to a first gene. The sequence similarity can be found within a functional domain or along the entire length of the coding sequence of the genes and/or their corresponding polypeptides.
  • Percentage of sequence identity is determined by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over a comparison window, where the fragment of the polynucleotide or amino acid sequence in the comparison window may comprise additions or deletions (e.g., gaps or overhangs) as compared to the reference sequence (which does not comprise additions or deletions) for optimal alignment of the two sequences. The percentage is calculated by determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid base or amino acid residue occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the window of comparison and multiplying the result by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity.
  • Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison may be conducted by the local homology algorithm of Smith and Waterman Add. APL. Math. 2:482 (1981), by the homology alignment algorithm of Needleman and Wunsch J. Mol. Biol. 48:443 (1970), by the search for similarity method of Pearson and Lipman Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci ( USA ) 85: 2444 (1988), by computerized implementations of these algorithms (GAP, BESTFIT, BLAST, PASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Software Package, Genetics Computer Group (GCG), 575 Science Dr., Madison, Wis.), or by inspection. Given that two sequences have been identified for comparison, GAP and BESTFIT are preferably employed to determine their optimal alignment.
  • polynucleotide or polypeptide sequences refers to polynucleotide or polypeptide comprising a sequence that has at least 80% sequence identity, preferably at least 85%, more preferably at least 90% and most preferably at least 95%, even more preferably, at least 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% sequence identity compared to a reference sequence using the programs.
  • Plant Promoter is a promoter capable of initiating transcription in plant cells and can drive or facilitate transcription of a fragment of the SDF of the instant invention or a coding sequence of the SDF of the instant invention. Such promoters need not be of plant origin.
  • promoters derived from plant viruses such as the CaMV35S promoter or from Agrobacterium tumefaciens such as the T-DNA promoters, can be plant promoters.
  • a typical example of a plant promoter of plant origin is the maize ubiquitin-1 (ubi-1)promoter known to those of skill.
  • promoter refers to a region of sequence determinants located upstream from the start of transcription of a gene and which are involved in recognition and binding of RNA polymerase and other proteins to initiate and modulate transcription.
  • a basal promoter is the minimal sequence necessary for assembly of a transcription complex required for transcription initiation. Basal promoters frequently include a “TATA box” element usually located between 15 and 35 nucleotides upstream from the site of initiation of transcription. Basal promoters also sometimes include a “CCAAT box” element (typically a sequence CCAAT) and/or a GGGCG sequence, usually located between 40 and 200 nucleotides, preferably 60 to 120 nucleotides, upstream from the start site of transcription.
  • regulatory sequence refers to any nucleotide sequence that influences transcription or translation initiation and rate, and stability and/or mobility of the transcript or polypeptide product. Regulatory sequences include, but are not limited to, promoters, promoter control elements, protein binding sequences, 5′ and 3′ UTRs, transcriptional start site, termination sequence, polyadenylation sequence, introns, certain sequences within a coding sequence, etc.
  • Signal Peptide A “signal peptide” as used in the current invention is an amino acid sequence that targets the protein for secretion, for transport to an intracellular compartment or organelle or for incorporation into a membrane. Signal peptides are indicated in the tables and a more detailed description located below.
  • specific promoters refers to a subset of inducible promoters that have a high preference for being induced in a specific tissue or cell and/or at a specific time during development of an organism.
  • high preference is meant at least 3-fold, preferably 5-fold, more preferably at least 10-fold still more preferably at least 20-fold, 50-fold or 100-fold increase in transcription in the desired tissue over the transcription in any other tissue.
  • Typical examples of temporal and/or tissue specific promoters of plant origin that can be used with the polynucleotides of the present invention, are: PTA29, a promoter which is capable of driving gene transcription specifically in tapetum and only during anther development (Koltonow et al., Plant Cell 2:1201 (1990); RCc2 and RCc3, promoters that direct root-specific gene transcription in rice (Xu et al., Plant Mol. Biol. 27:237 (1995); TobRB27, a root-specific promoter from tobacco (Yamamoto et al., Plant Cell 3:371 (1991)).
  • tissue-specific promoters under developmental control include promoters that initiate transcription only in certain tissues or organs, such as root, ovule, fruit, seeds, or flowers.
  • Other suitable promoters include those from genes encoding storage proteins or the lipid body membrane protein, oleosin. A few root-specific promoters are noted above.
  • Stringency is a function of probe length, probe composition (G+C content), and salt concentration, organic solvent concentration, and temperature of hybridization or wash conditions. Stringency is typically compared by the parameter T m , which is the temperature at which 50% of the complementary molecules in the hybridization are hybridized, in terms of a temperature differential from T m . High stringency conditions are those providing a condition of T m ⁇ 5° C. to T m ⁇ 10° C. Medium or moderate stringency conditions are those providing T m ⁇ 20° C. to T m ⁇ 29° C. Low stringency conditions are those providing a condition of T m ⁇ 40° C. to T m ⁇ 48° C.
  • T m 81.5 ⁇ 16.6(log 10 [Na + ])+0.41(% G+C) ⁇ (600/N) (1) where N is the length of the probe.
  • N is the length of the probe.
  • This equation works well for probes 14 to 70 nucleotides in length that are identical to the target sequence.
  • the equation below for T m of DNA-DNA hybrids is useful for probes in the range of 50 to greater than 500 nucleotides, and for conditions that include an organic solvent (formamide).
  • T m 81.5+16.6 log ⁇ [Na + ]/(1+0.7[Na + ]) ⁇ +0.41(% G+C) ⁇ 500/L 0.63(% formamide) (2) where L is the length of the probe in the hybrid.
  • the T m of equation (2) is affected by the nature of the hybrid; for DNA-RNA hybrids T m is 10-15° C. higher than calculated, for RNA-RNA hybrids T m is 20-25° C. higher. Because the T m decreases about 1° C. for each 1% decrease in homology when a long probe is used (Bonner et al., J. Mol. Biol. 81:123 (1973)), stringency conditions can be adjusted to favor detection of identical genes or related family members.
  • Equation (2) is derived assuming equilibrium and therefore, hybridizations according to the present invention are most preferably performed under conditions of probe excess and for sufficient time to achieve equilibrium.
  • the time required to reach equilibrium can be shortened by inclusion of a hybridization accelerator such as dextran sulfate or another high volume polymer in the hybridization buffer.
  • Stringency can be controlled during the hybridization reaction or after hybridization has occurred by altering the salt and temperature conditions of the wash solutions used.
  • the formulas shown above are equally valid when used to compute the stringency of a wash solution.
  • Preferred wash solution stringencies lie within the ranges stated above; high stringency is 5-8° C. below T m , medium or moderate stringency is 26-29° C. below T m and low stringency is 45-48° C. below T m .
  • a composition containing A is “substantially free of ” B when at least 85% by weight of the total A+B in the composition is A.
  • A comprises at least about 90% by weight of the total of A+B in the composition, more preferably at least about 95% or even 99% by weight.
  • a plant gene or DNA sequence can be considered substantially free of other plant genes or DNA sequences.
  • a composition containing A is “substantially free of ” B when at least 85% by weight of the total A+B in the composition is A.
  • A comprises at least about 90% by weight of the total of A+B in the composition, more preferably at least about 95% or even 99% by weight.
  • a plant gene or DNA sequence can be considered substantially free of other plant genes or DNA sequences.
  • T 1 refers to the cell or plant that is the direct result of a transformation experiment
  • T2 refers to the progeny of the cell or plant that is the direct result of a transformation experiment.
  • T 3 refers to second generation progeny of the cell or plant that is the direct result of a transformation experiment.
  • Translational start site In the context of the current invention, a “translational start site” is usually an ATG in the cDNA transcript, more usually the first ATG. A single cDNA, however, may have multiple translational start sites.
  • Transcription start site is used in the current invention to describe the point at which transcription is initiated. This point is typically located about 25 nucleotides downstream from a TFIID binding site, such as a TATA box. Transcription can initiate at one or more sites within the gene, and a single gene may have multiple transcriptional start sites, some of which may be specific for transcription in a particular cell-type or tissue.
  • UTR Untranslated region
  • a “UTR” is any contiguous series of nucleotide bases that is transcribed, but is not translated. These untranslated regions may be associated with particular functions such as increasing mRNA message stability. Examples of UTRs include, but are not limited to polyadenylation signals, terminations sequences, sequences located between the transcriptional start site and the first exon (5′ UTR) and sequences located between the last exon and the end of the mRNA (3′ UTR).
  • variant is used herein to denote a polypeptide or protein or polynucleotide molecule that differs from others of its kind in some way.
  • polypeptide and protein variants can consist of changes in amino acid sequence and/or charge and/or post-translational modifications (such as glycosylation, etc).
  • Varying Nitrogen Conditions refers to growth conditions where the concentration of available nitrogen is in flux. This phrase encompasses situations where the available nitrogen concentration is initially low, but increases to normal or high levels as well as situations where the initial available nitrogen concentration is high, but then falls to normal or low levels. Situations involving multiple changes in available nitrogen concentration, such as fluctuations from low to high to low levels, are also encompassed by this phrase. These available nitrogen concentration changes can occur in a gradual or punctuated manner.
  • This phrase refers to a total nitrogen concentration of 0 mM.
  • genes and polynucleotides of the present invention are of interest because when they are misexpressed (i.e. when expressed at a non-natural location or in an increased or decreased amount) they produce plants with modified NUE as discussed below and as evidenced by the results of differential expression and misexpression experiments. These traits can be used to exploit or maximize plant products.
  • the genes and polynucleotides of the present invention are used to increase the expression of nitrate and ammonium transporter gene products. These transporter gene products increase the uptake of nitrogen and transport of nitrogen from roots to shoots, which leads to an increase in the amount of nitrogen available for reduction to ammonia. As a consequence, such transgenic plants require less fertilizer, leading to reduced costs for the farmer and less nitrate pollution in ground water.
  • the nitrogen responsive nucleic acids of the invention also down-regulate genes that lead to feedback inhibition of nitrogen uptake and reduction.
  • genes include those encoding the 14-3-3 proteins, which repress nitrate reductase (Swiedrych A et al., 2002, J Agric Food Chem 27;50(7):2137-41. Repression of the 14-3-3 gene affects the amino acid and mineral composition of potato tuber ).
  • Antisense expression of these in transgenic plants cause an increase in amino acid content and protein content in the seed and/or leaves.
  • Such plants are especially useful for livestock feed. For example, an increase in amino acid and/or protein content in alfalfa provides an increase in forage quality and thus enhanced nutrition.
  • polynucleotides of the invention may have some of the particular characteristics and uses described below.
  • Roots arise not only from harvested adventitious roots or tubers, but also from the ability of roots to funnel nutrients to support growth of all plants and increase their vegetative material, seeds, fruits, etc. Roots have four main functions. First, they anchor the plant in the soil. Second, they facilitate and regulate the molecular signals and molecular traffic between the plant, soil, and soil fauna. Third, the root provides a plant with nutrients gained from the soil or growth medium. Fourth, they condition local soil chemical and physical properties.
  • Root genes are active or potentially active to a greater extent in roots than in most other organs of the plant. These genes and gene products regulate many plant traits from yield to stress tolerance. Root genes are used to modulate root growth and development.
  • Root hairs are specialized outgrowths of single epidermal cells termed trichoblasts.
  • the trichoblasts are regularly arranged around the perimeter of the root.
  • trichoblasts tend to alternate with non-hair cells or atrichoblasts. This spatial patterning of the root epidermis is under genetic control, and a variety of mutants have been isolated in which this spacing is altered or in which root hairs are completely absent, such as the rhl mutant.
  • Some surface cells of roots develop into single epidermal cells termed trichoblasts or root hairs. Some of the root hairs persist for the life of the plant; others gradually die back and some cease to function due to external influences.
  • Root hairs are also sites of intense chemical and biological activity and as a result strongly modify the soil they contact. Some roots hairs are coated with surfactants and/or mucilage to facilitate these activities. Specifically, roots hairs are responsible for nutrient uptake by mobilizing and assimilating water, reluctant ions, organic and inorganic compounds and chemicals. In addition, they attract and interact with beneficial microfauna and flora. Root hairs also help to mitigate the effects of toxic ions, pathogens and stress.
  • root hair properties and activities that root hairs modulate include root hair surfactant and mucilage, nutrient uptake, microbe and nematode associations, oxygen transpiration; detoxification effects of iron, aluminum, cadium, mercury, salt, and other soil constituents, pathogens, glucosinolates, changes in soil and rhizosheath.
  • root and root hairs uptake of the nutrients contributes to a source-sink effect in a plant.
  • sinks such as stems, leaves, flowers, seeds, fruits, etc. can draw sustenance to grow.
  • root hair genes modulate the vigor and yield of the plant overall, as well as of distinct cells, organs, or tissues of a plant.
  • Leaves are responsible for producing most of the fixed carbon in a plant and are critical to plant productivity and survival. Great variability in leaf shapes and sizes is observed in nature. Leaves also exhibit varying degrees of complexity, ranging from simple to multi-compound.
  • Leaf genes, as defined here not only modulate leaf morphology, but also influence the shoot apical meristem, thereby affecting leaf arrangement on the shoot, internodes, nodes, axillary buds, photosynthetic capacity, carbon fixation, photorespiration and starch synthesis.
  • Leaf genes elucidated here are used to modify a number of traits of economic interest including leaf shape, plant yield, stress tolerance, and to modify both the efficiency of synthesis and accumulation of specific metabolites and macromolecules (including carbohydrates, proteins, oils, waxes, etc).
  • Trichomes defined as hair-like structures that extend from the epidermis of aerial tissues, are present on the surface of most terrestrial plants. Plant trichomes display a diverse set of structures, and many plants contain several types of trichomes on a single leaf. The presence of trichomes increases the boundary layer thickness between the epidermal tissue and the environment, and reduce heat and water loss. In many species, trichomes protect the plant against insect or pathogen attack, either by secreting chemical components or by physically limiting insect access to or mobility on vegetative tissues. The stellate trichomes of Arabidopsis do not have a secretory anatomy, but at a functional level they limit herbivore access to the leaf in the field. In addition, trichomes are known to secrete economically valuable substances, such as menthol in mint plants.
  • Trichome differentiation is integrated with leaf development, hormone levels and the vegetative development phase.
  • the first trichome at the leaf tip appears only after the leaf grows to ⁇ 100 ⁇ m in length. Subsequent events proceed basipetally as the leaf grows.
  • cell division patterns become less regular and islands of dividing cells are observed among differentiated pavement cells with their characteristic lobed morphology.
  • Trichome initiation in the expanding leaf occurs within these islands of cells and often defines points along the perimeter of a circle, with an existing trichome defining the center.
  • glandular trichomes from various species secrete and, sometimes locally synthesize, a number of substances including salt, monoterpenes and sesquiterpenes, terpenoids, exudate, insect entrapping substances, antifeedants and pheromones.
  • the trichome genes are used to modulate the number, structure and biochemistry of trichomes.
  • the chloroplast is a complex and specialized organelle in plant cells. Its complexity comes from the fact that it has at least six suborganellar compartments subdivided by double-membrane envelopes and internal thylakoid membranes. It is specialized to carry out different biologically important processes including photosynthesis and amino acid and fatty acid biosynthesis.
  • the biogenesis and development of the chloroplast from its progenitor (the proplasptid) and the conversion of one form of plastid to another (e.g., from chloroplast to amyloplast) depends on several factors that include the developmental and physiological states of the cells.
  • the import mechanisms must take into account what part within the different sub-compartments the proteins are being targeted; hence the proteins being imported from the cytoplasm must be able to cross the different internal membrane barriers before they can reach their destinations.
  • the import mechanism must also take into account how to tightly coordinate the interaction between the plastid and the nucleus such that both nuclear and plastidic components are expressed in a synchronous and orchestrated manner. As a cosequence, changes in the developmental and physiological conditions within or surrounding plant cells change this tight coordination and therefore also change how import mechanisms are regulated. Manipulation of these conditions and modulation of expression of the import components and their functions have critical and global consequences to the development of the plant and to several biochemical pathways occurring outside the chloroplast.
  • Chloroplast genes are useful to modulate growth and development, including plastid biogenesis, plastid division, plastid development and thylakoid membrane structures. They are also useful for altering differentiation including plastid/chloroplast differentiation, photosynthesis, transport, phosphate translocation, targeted starch deposition and accumulation, and biosynthesis of essential compounds such as lipid biosynthesis, riboflavin biosynthesis, carotenoid biosynthesis, and aminoacid biosynthesis.
  • stomata Scattered throughout the epidermis of the shoot are minute pores called stomata. Each stomal pore is surrounded by two guard cells.
  • the guard cells control the size of the stomal pore, which is critical since the stomata control the exchange of carbon dioxide, oxygen, and water vapor between the interior of the plant and the outside atmosphere. Stomata open and close through turgor changes driven by ion fluxes, which occur mainly through the guard cell plasma membrane and tonoplast.
  • Guard cells are known to respond to a number of external stimuli such as changes in light intensity, carbon dioxide and water vapor, for example. Guard cells can also sense and rapidly respond to internal stimuli including changes in ABA, auxin and calcium ion flux.
  • guard cell genes are useful to modulate ABA responses, drought tolerance, respiration, water potential, and water management. All of which in turn affect plant yield including seed yield, harvest index, fruit yield, etc.
  • Reproduction genes are defined as genes or components of genes capable of modulating any aspect of sexual reproduction from flowering time and inflorescence development to fertilization and finally seed and fruit development. These genes are of great economic interest as well as biological importance.
  • the fruit and vegetable industry grosses over $1 billion USD a year.
  • Flowering plants exhibit one of two types of inflorescence architecture: (1) indeterminate, in which the inflorescence grows indefinitely, or (2) determinate, in which a terminal flower is produced.
  • Adult organs of flowering plants develop from groups of stem cells called meristems. The identity of a meristem is inferred from structures it produces: vegetative meristems give rise to roots and leaves, inflorescence meristems give rise to flower meristems, and flower meristems give rise to floral organs such as sepals and petals.
  • vegetative meristems give rise to roots and leaves
  • inflorescence meristems give rise to flower meristems
  • flower meristems give rise to floral organs such as sepals and petals.
  • meristems capable of generating new meristems of a different identity, but their own identity can change during development.
  • a vegetative shoot meristem can be transformed into an inflorescence meristem upon floral induction, and in some species, the inflorescence meristem itself will eventually become a flower meristem.
  • floral induction for example, a vegetative shoot meristem can be transformed into an inflorescence meristem upon floral induction, and in some species, the inflorescence meristem itself will eventually become a flower meristem.
  • the ovule is the primary female sexual reproductive organ of flowering plants. At maturity it contains the egg cell and one large central cell containing two polar nuclei encased by two integuments that, after fertilization, develop into the embryo, endosperm and seed coat of the mature seed, respectively. As the ovule develops into the seed, the ovary matures into the fruit or silique. As such, seed and fruit development requires the orchestrated transcription of numerous polynucleotides, some of which are ubiquitous, others that are embryo-specific and still others that are expressed only in the endosperm, seed coat or fruit. Such genes are termed fruit development responsive genes and are used to modulate seed and fruit growth and development such as seed size, seed yield, seed composition and seed dormancy.
  • the ovule is the primary female sexual reproductive organ of flowering plants. It contains the egg cell and, after fertilization occurs, contains the developing seed. Consequently, the ovule is at times comprised of haploid, diploid and triploid tissue. As such, ovule development requires the orchestrated transcription of numerous polynucleotides, some of which are ubiquitous, others that are ovule-specific and still others that are expressed only in the haploid, diploid or triploid cells of the ovule.
  • Ovule genes are useful to modulate egg cell development, ovule maturation, metabolism, polar nuclei, fusion, central cell, maturation, metabolism, synergids, maturation, programmed cell death, nucellus, maturation, integuments, maturation, funiculus, extension, cuticle, maturation, tensile properties, ovule, modulation of ovule senescence and shaping.
  • the ovule is the primary female sexual reproductive organ of flowering plants. At maturity it contains the egg cell and one large central cell containing two polar nuclei encased by two integuments that, after fertilization, develop into the embryo, endosperm and seed coat of the mature seed, respectively. As the ovule develops into the seed, the ovary matures into the fruit or silique. As such, seed and fruit development requires the orchestrated transcription of numerous polynucleotides, some of which are ubiquitous, others that are embryo-specific and still others that are expressed only in the endosperm, seed coat or fruit. Such genes are termed fruit development responsive genes and are used to modulate seed and fruit growth and development such as seed size, seed yield, seed composition and seed dormancy.
  • Seeds are a vital component of the world's diet. Cereal grains alone, which comprise ⁇ 90% of all cultivated seeds, contribute up to half of the global per capita energy intake.
  • the primary organ system for seed production in flowering plants is the ovule.
  • the ovule consists of a haploid female gametophyte or embryo sac surrounded by several layers of maternal tissue including the nucellous and the integuments.
  • the embryo sac typically contains seven cells including the egg cell, two synergids, a large central cell containing two polar nuclei, and three antipodal cells. Pollination results in the fertilization of both egg and central cell.
  • the fertilized egg develops into the embryo.
  • the fertilized central cell develops into the endosperm.
  • Seed dormancy is generally an undesirable characteristic in agricultural crops, where rapid germination and growth are required. Some degree of dormancy is advantageous, however, at least during seed development. This is particularly true for cereal crops because it prevents germination of grains while still on the ear of the parent plant (preharvest sprouting), a phenomenon that results in major losses to the agricultural industry.
  • Germination commences with imbibition, the uptake of water by the dry seed, and the activation of the quiescent embryo and endosperm. The result is a burst of intense metabolic activity. At the cellular level, the genome is transformed from an inactive state to one of intense transcriptional activity. Stored lipids, carbohydrates and proteins are catabolized fueling seedling growth and development. DNA and organelles are repaired, replicated and begin functioning. Cell expansion and cell division are triggered. The shoot and root apical meristems are activated and begin growth and organogenesis. Germination is complete when a part of the embryo, the radicle, extends to penetrate the structures that surround it. In Arabidopsis, seed germination takes place within twenty-four (24) hours after imbibition.
  • Germination requires the rapid and orchestrated transcription of numerous polynucleotides. Germination is followed by expansion of the hypocotyl and opening of the cotyledons. Meristem development continues to promote root growth and shoot growth, which is followed by early leaf formation.
  • Imbibition and germination genes are defined as genes, gene components and products that modulate one or more processes of imbibition and germination described above. They are useful to modulate many plant traits from early vigor to yield to stress tolerance.
  • a few days after germination is complete is one of the more active stages of the plant life cycle. During this period the plant begins development and growth of the first leaves, roots, and other organs not found in the embryo. Generally this stage begins when germination ends. The first sign that germination has been completed is usually an increase in length and fresh weight of the radicle.
  • Such genes and gene products can regulate a number of plant traits to modulate yield. For example, these genes are active or potentially active to a greater extent in developing and rapidly growing cells, tissues and organs, as exemplified by development and growth of a seedling 3 or 4 days after planting a seed.
  • Rapid, efficient establishment of a seedling is very important in commercial agriculture and horticulture. It is also vital that resources are approximately partitioned between shoot and root to facilitate adaptive growth. Phototropism and geotropism need to be established. All these require post-germination process to be sustained to ensure that vigorous seedlings are produced. Early seedling phase genes, gene components and products are useful to manipulate these and other processes.
  • genes can be divided into three classes.
  • One class of genes acts during cytokinesis and/or karyokinesis, such as mitosis and/or meiosis.
  • a second class is involved in cell growth. Examples include genes regulating metabolism and nutrient uptake pathways.
  • a third class includes genes that control pathways that regulate or constrain cell division and growth. Examples of these pathways include those genes specifying hormone biosynthesis, hormone sensing and pathways activated by hormones.
  • Size and stature genes are useful to selectively alter the size of organs and stems and so make plants specifically improved for agriculture, horticulture and other industries
  • SAM stem apical meristem
  • SAM genes of the instant invention are useful for modulating one or more processes of SAM structure and/or function including (I) cell size and division; (II) cell differentiation and organ primordia.
  • the genes and gene components of this invention are useful for modulating any one or all of these cell division processes generally, as in timing and rate, for example.
  • the polynucleotides and polypeptides of the invention can control the response of these processes to the internal plant programs associated with embryogenesis, and hormone responses, for example.
  • SAMs determine the architecture of the plant, modified plants are useful in many agricultural, horticultural, forestry and other industrial sectors. Plants with a different shape, numbers of flowers and seed and fruits have altered yields of plant parts. For example, plants with more branches produce more flowers, seed or fruits. Trees without lateral branches produce long lengths of clean timber. Plants with greater yields of specific plant parts are useful sources of constituent chemicals.
  • plant cells deploy a battery of responses that are controlled by a phase shift, from so called juvenile to adult. These changes at distinct times involve, for example, cotyledons and leaves, guard cells in stomata, and biochemical activities involved with sugar and nitrogen metabolism. These responses depend on the functioning of an internal clock that becomes entrained to plant development, and a series of downstream signaling events leading to transcription-independent and transcription-dependent stress responses. These responses involve changes in gene expression.
  • Phase responsive genes are useful to modulate timing, dormancy, germination, cotyledon opening, appearance of first leaves, juvenile to adult transition, bolting, flowering, pollination, fertilization, seed development, seed set, fruit drop, senescence and epinasty.
  • ABA Abscisic acid
  • Plant hormones are naturally occurring substances, effective in very small amounts, which act as signals to stimulate or inhibit growth or regulate developmental processes in plants. Abscisic acid (ABA) is a ubiquitous hormone in vascular plants that has been detected in every major organ or living tissue from the root to the apical bud. The major physiological responses affected by ABA are dormancy, stress stomatal closure, water uptake, abscission and senescence. In contrast to Auxins, cytokinins and gibberellins, which are principally growth promoters, ABA primarily acts as an inhibitor of growth and metabolic processes.
  • ABA responsive polynucleotides and gene products can act alone, combinations of these polynucleotides also affect growth and development. Useful combinations include different ABA responsive polynucleotides and/or gene products that have similar transcription profiles or similar biological activities, and members of the same or similar biochemical pathways. Whole pathways or segments of pathways are controlled by transcription factor proteins and proteins controlling the activity of signal transduction pathways. Therefore, manipulation of such protein levels is especially useful for altering phenotypes and biochemical activities of plants.
  • the combination of an ABA responsive polynucleotide and/or gene product with another environmentally responsive polynucleotide is also useful because of the interactions that exist between hormone-regulated pathways, stress and defence induced pathways, nutritional pathways and development.
  • Plant hormones are naturally occurring substances, effective in very small amounts that stimulate or inhibit growth or regulate developmental processes in plants.
  • One of the plant hormones is indole-3-acetic acid (IAA), often referred to as Auxin.
  • Auxin concentration in the surrounding environment in contact with a plant or in a plant results in modulation of the activities of many genes and hence levels of gene products.
  • Auxin is known to influence and/or regulate growth, apical dominance, vascular growth, roots, inhibition of primary root elongation, increased lateral root formation, stems, lateral buds, lateral branching, reduction of branching, organ formation, fruit number in tomatoes, leaves, height/stature, regeneration and differentiation of cultured cells or plantlets, biomass, number of flowers; number of seeds; starch content, fruit yield, orienting cell growth, establishment and maintenance of plant axis, cell plate placement, polarised growth, initiation and/or development of embryo morphogenic progression, differentiation of cells into morphologically different cell layers, cotyledon separation, fruit development, abscission, parthenocarpy, and modulation of phototropic sensitivity, e.g. increase growth under a reduced light spectrum.
  • BRs Brassinosteroids
  • the major physiological response affected by BRs is the longitudinal growth of young tissue via cell elongation and cell division. Consequently, disruptions in BR metabolism, perception and activity result in a dwarf phenotype.
  • any perturbations to the sterol pathway affect the BR pathway. In the same way, perturbations in the BR pathway have effects on the later part of the sterol pathway and thus the sterol composition of membranes.
  • BR responsive polynucleotides and gene products can act alone, combinations of these polynucleotides also affect growth and development.
  • Useful combinations include different BR responsive polynucleotides and/or gene products that have similar transcription profiles or similar biological activities, and members of the same or functionally related biochemical pathways. Whole pathways or segments of pathways are controlled by transcription factors and proteins controlling the activity of signal transduction pathways. Therefore, manipulation of such protein levels is especially useful for altering phenotypes and biochemical activities of plants.
  • the combination of a BR responsive polynucleotide and/or gene product with another environmentally responsive polynucleotide is useful because of the interactions that exist between hormone-regulated pathways, stress pathways, nutritional pathways and development.
  • useful combinations include polynucleotides that may have different transcription profiles but which participate in common or overlapping pathways.
  • BA Cytokinins
  • BAP benzylaminopurine
  • BA responsive genes are useful to modulate plant growth, emergence of lateral buds, cotyledon expansion, senescence, differentiation, nutrient metabolism, control of fruit ripening, and parthenocarpy.
  • GA Gibberellic acid
  • proplastids which give rise to chloroplasts or leucoplasts
  • vascular tissues The major physiological responses affected by GA are seed germination, stem elongation, flower induction, anther development, seed and pericarp growth.
  • GA is similar to auxins, cytokinins and gibberellins, in that they are principally growth promoters.
  • GA responsive genes are useful to modulate one or more phenotypes including promoting leaf and root growth, promotiing cell division, promoting stem elongation and secondary (woody) growth, increasing xylem fiber length and biomass production.
  • GA responsive genes are used to alter fruit and seed development, breaking dormancy in seeds and buds, decreasing senescence and regulating stress responses, fertility and flowering time.
  • Nitrogen is often the rate-limiting element in plant growth, and all field crops have a fundamental dependence on exogenous nitrogen sources.
  • Nitrogenous fertilizer which is usually supplied as ammonium nitrate, potassium nitrate, or urea, typically accounts for 40% of the costs associated with crops in intensive agriculture, such as corn and wheat. Increased efficiency of nitrogen use by plants enables the production of higher yields with existing fertilizer inputs and/or enable existing yields of crops to be obtained with lower fertilizer input, or better yields from growth on soils of poorer quality. Also, higher amounts of proteins in the crops are produced more cost-effectively. “Nitrogen responsive” genes and gene products are used to alter or modulate plant growth and development.
  • plant cells deploy a battery of responses that are controlled by an internal circadian clock, including the timed movement of cotyledons and leaves, timed movements in guard cells in stomata, and timed biochemical activities involved with sugar and nitrogen metabolism. These responses depend on the functioning of an internal circadian clock, that becomes entrained to the ambient light/dark cycle, and a series of downstream signaling events leading to transcription independent and transcription dependent stress responses.
  • a functioning circadian clock anticipates dark/light transitions and prepares the physiology and biochemistry of a plant accordingly. For example, expression of a chlorophyll a/b binding protein (CAB) is elevated before daybreak so that photosynthesis can operate maximally as soon as there is light to drive it. Similar considerations apply to light/dark transitions and to many areas of plant physiology such as sugar metabolism, nitrogen metabolism, water uptake, water loss, flowering, flower opening, epinasty, germination, perception of season and senescence.
  • CAB chlorophyll a/b binding protein
  • Clock responsive genes and gene products are useful to modulate timing, dormancy, germination, cotyledon opening, appearance of first leaves, juvenile to adult transition, bolting, flowering, pollination, fertilization, seed development, seed set, fruit drop, senescence, epinasty and biomass.
  • Phototropism is the orientation or growth of a cell, an organism or part of an organism in relation to a source of light. Plants can sense red (R), far-red (FR) and blue light in their environment and respond differently to particular ratios of these. For example, a low R:FR ratio enhances cell elongation and favors flowering over leaf production, but blue light regulated cryptochromes also appear to be involved in determining hypocotyl growth and flowering time.
  • NPH1 nonphototropic hypocotyl 1
  • serine-threonine protein kinase serine-threonine protein kinase
  • Auxin also affects blue light phototropism.
  • the effect of Auxin on gene expression stimulated by blue light is found by comparing mRNA levels in a mutant of Arabidopsis thaliana nph4-2 grown in the dark and treated with blue light for 1 hour with wild type seedlings treated similarly. This mutant is disrupted for Auxin-related growth and Auxin-induced gene transcription.
  • Blue light responsive genes are used to alter or modulate growth, roots (elongation or gravitropism), stems (such as elongation), cell development, flower, seedling, plant yield, and seed and fruit yield.
  • CO 2 responsive genes are useful to modulate catabolism, energy generation, metabolism, carbohydrate synthesis, growth rate and photosynthesis (such as carbon dioxide fixation).
  • mtETC electron transport chain
  • NEMPs nuclearly-encoded mitochondrial proteins
  • MEMPs mitochondrially-encoded mitochondrial proteins
  • Respiration responsive genes are useful to modulate catabolism; energy generation, growth rate; water usage and photosynthesis.
  • the “removal” mechanisms can be accomplished either by protein inactivation (e.g., phosphorylation or protein-protein interaction) or protein degradation, most notably via the ubiquitination-proteasome pathway.
  • the ubiquitination-proteasome pathway is responsible for the degradation of a plethora of proteins involved in cell cycle, cell division, transcription and signal transduction, all of which are required for normal cellular functions.
  • Ubiquitination occurs through the activity of ubiquitin-activating enzymes (E1), ubiquitin-conjugating enzymes (E2), and ubiquitin-protein ligases (E3), which act sequentially to catalyze the attachment of ubiquitin (or other modifying molecules that are related to ubiquitin) to substrate proteins (Hochstrasser 2000, Science 289: 563). Ubiquitinated proteins are then routed to proteasomes for degradation processing [2000, Biochemistry and Molecular Biology of Plants, Buchanan, Gruissem, and Russel (eds), Amer. Soc. of Plant Physiologists, Rockville, Md.].
  • the degradation mechanism can be selective and specific to the concerned target protein (Joazeiro and Hunter2001, Science 289: 2061; Sakamoto et al., 2001, PNAS Online 141230798). This selectivity and specificity is believed to be one of the ways that the activity of gene products is modulated.
  • Protein degradation genes are useful for used promoting/controling cell death and for altering developmental and growth processes.
  • Carotenoids serve important biochemical functions in both plants and animals.
  • carotenoids function as accessory light harvesting pigments for photosynthesis and to protect chloroplasts and photosystem II from heat and oxidative damage by dissipating energy and scavenging oxygen radicals produced by high light intensities and other oxidative stresses.
  • light stress limits the geographic range of many crop species. Modest increases in oxidative stress tolerance greatly improve the performance and growth range of many crop species.
  • the development of genotypes with increased tolerance to light and oxidative stress provides a more reliable means to minimize crop losses and diminish the use of energy-costly practices to modify the soil environment.
  • carotenoids such as beta-carotene are essential provitamins required for proper visual development and function.
  • their antioxidative properties are also thought to provide valuable protection from diseases such as cancer.
  • Modest increases in carotenoid levels in crop species produce a dramatic effect on plant nutritional quality.
  • the development of genotypes with increased carotenoid content provides a more reliable and effective nutritional source of Vitamin A and other carotenoid derived antioxidants than through the use of costly nutritional supplements.
  • Plants contain many proteins and pathways that when blocked or induced lead to cell, organ or whole plant death. Gene variants that influence these pathways have profound effects on plant survival, vigor and performance.
  • the critical pathways include those concerned with metabolism and development or protection against stresses, diseases and pests. They also include those involved in apoptosis and necrosis. Viability genes are modulated to affect cell or plant death.
  • Herbicides are, by definition, chemicals that cause death of tissues, organs and whole plants.
  • the genes and pathways that are activated or inactivated by herbicides include those that cause cell death as well as those that function to provide protection.
  • Hdacs histone deacetylases
  • HDAc genes are useful to modulate growth rate and development.
  • Manipulation of one or more cold responsive gene activities is useful to modulate growth and development.
  • Plants are continuously subjected to various forms of wounding from physical attacks including the damage created by pathogens and pests, wind, and contact with other objects. Therefore, survival and agricultural yields depend on constraining the damage created by the wounding process and inducing defense mechanisms against future damage.
  • Plants have evolved complex systems to minimize and/or repair local damage and to minimize subsequent attacks by pathogens or pests or their effects. These involve stimulation of cell division and cell elongation to repair tissues, induction of programmed cell death to isolate damage caused mechanically and by invading pests and pathogens, and induction of long-range signaling systems to induce protecting molecules in case of future attack.
  • the genetic and biochemical systems associated with responses to wounding are connected with those associated with other stresses such as pathogen attack and drought.
  • Wounding results in the modulation of activities of specific genes and, as a consequence, of the levels of key proteins and metabolites. These genes, called here wounding responsive genes, are important for minimizing the damage induced by wounding from pests, pathogens and other objects.
  • Jasmonic acid and its derivatives are naturally occurring derivatives of plant lipids. These substances are synthesized from linolenic acid in a lipoxygenase-dependent biosynthetic pathway. Jasmonates are signalling molecules which are growth regulators as well as regulators of defense and stress responses. As such, jasmonates represent a separate class of plant hormones. Jasmonate responsive genes can be used to modulate plant growth and development.
  • H 2 O 2 plays a key role in the pathogen resistance response, including initiating the hypersensitive response (HR).
  • HR is correlated with the onset of systemic acquired resistance (SAR) to secondary infection in distal tissues and organs.
  • Reactive oxygen responsive genes are useful to modulate pathogen tolerance and/or resistance, Avr/R locus sensitivitiy, non-host sensitivity; HR, SAR, bacterial resistance, fungal resistance, virus or viroid resistance, insect resistance, nematodes, heavy metal tolerance and treatment of indications modulated by free radicals and cancer.
  • Salicylic acid is a signaling molecule necessary for activation of the plant induced defense system known as systemic acquired resistance or SAR. This response, which is triggered by prior exposure to avirulent pathogens, is long lasting and provides protection against a broad spectrum of pathogens.
  • Another induced defense system is the hypersensitive response (HR). HR is far more rapid, occurs at the sites of pathogen (avirulent pathogens) entry and precedes SAR.
  • SA is also the key signaling molecule for this defense pathway.
  • SA genes are useful to modulate plant defense systems.
  • NO nitric oxide
  • ROS reactive oxygen intermediates
  • SA salicylic acid
  • a nitric oxide responsive polynucleotide and/or gene product with other environmentally responsive polynucleotides is also useful because of the interactions that exist between hormone regulated pathways, stress pathways, pathogen stimulated pathways, nutritional pathways and development.
  • Nitric oxide responsive genes and gene products function either to increase or dampen the above phenotypes or activities either in response to changes in nitric oxide concentration or in the absence of nitric oxide fluctuations. More specifically, these genes and gene products modulate stress responses in an organism. In plants, these genes and gene products are useful for modulating yield under stress conditions. Measurments of yield include seed yield, seed size, fruit yield, fruit size, etc.
  • Osmotic stress is a major component of stress imposed by saline soil and water deficit. Decreases in yield and crop failure frequently occur as a result of aberrant or transient environmental stress conditions even in areas considered suitable for the cultivation of a given species or cultivar. Only modest increases in the osmotic and salt tolerance of a crop species have a dramatic impact on agricultural productivity. The development of genotypes with increased osmotic tolerance provides a more reliable means to minimize crop losses and diminish the use of energy-costly practices to modify the soil environment. Thus, osmotic stress responsive genes are used to modulate plant growth and development.
  • Aluminum is toxic to plants in soluble form (Al 3+ ). Plants grown under aluminum stress have inhibited root growth and function due to reduced cell elongation, inhibited cell division and metabolic interference. As an example, protein inactivation frequently results from displacement of the Mg2 + cofactor with aluminum. These types of consequences result in poor nutrient and water uptake. In addition, because stress perception and response occur in the root apex, aluminum exposure leads to the release of organic acids, such as citrate, from the root as the plant attempts to prevent aluminum uptake.
  • organic acids such as citrate
  • Cadmium (Cd) has both toxic and non-toxic effects on plants. Plants exposed to non-toxic concentrations of cadmium are blocked for viral disease due to the inhibition of systemic movement of the virus. Surprisingly, higher toxic levels of Cd do not inhibit viral systemic movement, so that cellular factors that interfere with the viral movement are triggered by non-toxic Cd concentrations but repressed in high Cd concentrations. Furthermore, exposure to non-toxic Cd levels reverses posttranslational gene silencing, an inherent plant defense mechanism. Consequently, Cd responsive genes are useful for altering plant disease control in addition to improving soil bio-remediation and plant performance.
  • ROS reactive oxygen species
  • HR hypersensitive response
  • SAR systemic acquired resistance
  • Disease responsive genes and gene products are useful to modulate plant response to pathogen attack including bacteria, fungi, virus, insects and nematodes.
  • L2 Defense
  • ROS reactive oxygen species
  • HR hypersensitive response
  • SAR systemic acquired resistance
  • PR proteins are able to degrade the cell walls of invading microorganisms, and phytoalexins are directly microbicidal.
  • Other defense related pathways are regulated by salicylic acid (SA) or methyl jasmonate (MeJ).
  • R-gene-encoded receptors specifically interact with pathogen-encoded ligands to trigger a signal transduction cascade.
  • ndr1 and eds1 loci include ndr1 and eds1 loci. NDR1, EDS1, PR1, as well as PDF1.2, a MeJ regulated gene and Nim1, a SA regulated gene, are differentially regulated in plants with mutations in the LOL2 gene.
  • LOL2 shares a novel zinc finger motif with LSD1, a negative regulator of cell death and defense response. Due to an alternative splice site, the LOL2 gene encodes two different proteins, one of which contains an additional, putative DNA binding motif. Northern analysis demonstrates that LOL2 transcripts containing the additional DNA binding motif are predominantly upregulated after treatment with both virulent and avirulent Pseudomonas syringae pv maculicola strains. Modulation of this gene confers enhanced resistance to virulent and avirulent Peronospora parasitica isolates.
  • LOL2 responsive genes and gene products are useful to alter pathogen tolerance and/or resistance, including bacteria, fungus, virus, insects and nematodes.
  • Iron (Fe) deficiency in humans is the most prevalent nutritional problem worldwide today. Increasing iron availability via diet is a sustainable malnutrition solution for many of the world's nations. One-third of the world's soils, however, are iron deficient. Consequently, to form a food-based solution to iron malnutrition we need a better understanding of iron uptake, storage and utilization by plants. Furthermore, exposure to non-toxic Fe levels affects inherent plant defense mechanisms. Consequently, altering the expression of Fe response genes leads to an increase in plant disease resistance, in addition to improvements in human nutrition.
  • Plants sense the ratio of Red (R):Far Red (FR) light in their environment and respond differently to particular ratios.
  • a low R:FR ratio for example, enhances cell elongation and favors flowering over leaf production.
  • the changes in R:FR ratios mimic and cause the shading response effects in plants.
  • the response of a plant to shade in the canopy structures of agricultural crop fields influences crop yields significantly. Therefore manipulation of genes regulating the shade avoidance responses can improve crop yields.
  • ATHB-2 While phytochromes mediate the shade avoidance response, the down-stream factors participating in this pathway are largely unknown.
  • One potential downstream participant, ATHB-2 is a member of the HD-Zip class of transcription factors and shows a strong and rapid response to changes in the R:FR ratio.
  • ATHB-2 overexpressors have a thinner root mass, smaller and fewer leaves and longer hypocotyls and petioles. This elongation arises from longer epidermal and cortical cells, and a decrease in secondary vascular tissues, paralleling the changes observed in wild-type seedlings grown under conditions simulating canopy shade.
  • Shade responsive genes can be used to modulate plant growth and development.
  • Sulfur is one of the important macronutrients required by plants. It is taken up from the soil solution by roots as in the form of sulfate anion which higher plants are dependent on to fulfill their nutritional sulfur requirement. After uptake from the soil, sulfate is either accumulated and stored in vacuole or it is assimilated into various organic compounds, e.g. cysteine, glutathione, methionine, etc. Thus, plants also serve as nutritional sulfur sources for animals. Sulfur can be assimilated in one of two ways: it is either incorporated as sulfate in a reaction called sulfation, or it is first reduced to sulfide, the substrate for cysteine synthesis. In plants, majority of sulfur is assimilated in reduced form.
  • Sulfur comprises a small but vital fraction of the atoms in many protein molecules. As disulfide bridges, the sulfur atoms aid in stabilizing the folded proteins. Cys is the first sulfur-containing amino acid, which forms disulfide bonds that affects the tertiary structures in proteins and enzyme activities. This redox balance is mediated by the disulfide/thiol interchange of thioredoxin or glutaredoxin using NADPH as an electron donor. Sulfur can also become sulfhydryl (SH) groups participating in the active sites of some enzymes and some enzymes require the aid of small molecules that contain sulfur. In addition, the machinery of photosynthesis includes some sulfur-containing compounds, such as ferrodoxin. Thus, sulfate assimilation plays important roles not only in the sulfur nutrition but also in the ubiquitous process that may regulate the biochemical reactions of various metabolic pathways.
  • Sulfur deficiency leads to a marked chlorosis in younger leaves, which may become white in color. Other symptoms of sulfur deficiency includes weak stems and reduced growth. Adding sulfur fertilizer to plants can increase root development and a deeper green color of the leaves in sulfur-deficient plants. Sulfur, however, is generally sufficient in soils for two reasons: (1) it is a contaminant in potassium and other fertilizers and (2) is a product of industrial combustion. Sulfur limitation in plants is thus likely due to the limitation in uptake and distribution in plants.
  • Seven cell type specific sulfate transporter genes have been isolated from Arabidopsis .
  • expression of the high-affinity transporter, AtST1-1 is induced in root epidermis and cortex for acquisition of sulfur.
  • the low affinity transporter, AtST2-1 (AST68), accumulates in the root vascular tissue by sulfate starvation for root-to-shoot transport of sulfate.
  • Sterols are essential for all eukaryotes. In contrast to animal and fungal cells which contain only one major sterol, plant cells synthesize a complex array of different sterol compounds in which sitosterol, stigmasterol and 24-methylcholesterol are the major constituents. Sitosterol and 24-methylcholesterol affect membrane fluidity and permeability in plant cell membranes in a similar manner to the way cholesterol affects membrane fluidity and permeability in mammalian cell membranes. Plant sterols can also modulate the activity of membrane-bound enzymes. Stigmasterol is required for cell proliferation. Sterols are synthesized from the isoprenoid pathway originating with mevalonate. The branch point into sterols occurs via squalene.
  • Sterol genes are useful to modulate plant growth and development.
  • Modulating the amount of branches in a plant is useful to alter the plant architecture for ornamental or economic reasons.
  • the branching genes elucidated here increase or decrease the number of branches in a plant and thereby regulate many traits from ornamental plant shape to increased yield, including biomass, fruit or seed yield.
  • Brittle-snap is a phenomenon also referred to as greensnap or mid-season stalk breakage. This phenomenon is exemplified when rapidly growing corn stalks that are bent by a low tool bar become subject to breakage from wind as well as other physical phenomenon such as cultivation, tilling, or anhydrous N application. Corn is most vulnerable during the seven- to ten-day period prior to tasseling. Preliminary data based on laboratory analyses indicate that plant hybrids with either higher rates of lignification or higher lignin content as mature plants are more prone to brittle-snap. Economic consequences can be severe. For example, severe thunderstorms on Jul. 8, 1993, and Jul. 1, 1994 resulted in brittle-snap over a large portion of Kansas's corn production area. Estimated losses were $200 million in Kansas from the 1993 storm alone.
  • Brittle snap genes are useful to modulate plant yield.
  • Extreme soil pH conditions have a major influence on mineral nutrient uptake that is required to sustain plant growth and maximize plant yields. Plants exposed to low pH soil conditions develop deficiencies in nutrients such as phosphate, copper, molybdenum, potassium, sulfur, and nitrogen. Plants exposed to high pH soil conditions develop phosphate, iron, copper, manganese, and zinc deficiencies. Phosphate is the only nutrient that becomes limiting in both acidic and alkaline soils. Phosphate is a critical nutrient not just for plants, but for all organisms. Phosphorous is necessary for life-dependent molecules such as ATP, nucleic acids, and phospholipids and it also regulates carbon-amino acid metabolic function.
  • pH Stress genes are useful to modulate plant growth and development.
  • sequences of the invention were isolated from Arabidopsis thaliana, corn, soybean, wheat, Brassica and others as noted in the Tables.
  • recombinant DNA constructs which comprise the polynucleotide sequences of the invention inserted into a vector, and which are suitable for transformation of plant cells.
  • the construct is made using standard recombinant DNA techniques (Sambrook et al. 1989) and is introduced to the species of interest by Agrobacterium -mediated transformation or by other means of transformation as referenced below.
  • the vector backbone is any of those typical in the art such as plasmids, viruses, artificial chromosomes, BACs, YACs and PACs and vectors of the sort described by
  • the construct comprises a vector containing a sequence of the present invention with any desired transcriptional and/or translational regulatory sequences, such as promoters, UTRs, and 3′ end termination sequences.
  • Vectors can also include origins of replication, scaffold attachment regions (SARs), markers, homologous sequences, introns, etc.
  • the vector may also comprise a marker gene that confers a selectable phenotype on plant cells.
  • the marker may encode biocide resistance, particularly antibiotic resistance, such as resistance to kanamycin, G418, bleomycin, hygromycin, or herbicide resistance, such as resistance to chlorosulfuron or phosphinotricin.
  • a plant promoter fragment is used that directs transcription of the gene in all tissues of a regenerated plant and/or is a constitutive promoter, such as 35S.
  • the plant promoter directs transcription of a sequence of the invention in a specific tissue (tissue-specific promoter) or is otherwise under more precise environmental control (inducible promoter).
  • a polyadenylation region at the 3′-end of the coding region is typically included.
  • the polyadenylation region is derived from the natural gene, from a variety of other plant genes, or from T-DNA.
  • Ectopic expression of the sequences of the invention is also accomplished using a “knock-in” approach.
  • the first component an “activator line,” is created by generating a transgenic plant comprising a transcriptional activator operatively linked to a promoter.
  • the second component comprises the desired cDNA sequence operatively linked to the target binding sequence/region of the transcriptional activator.
  • the second component is transformed into the “activator line” or is used to transform a host plant to produce a “target” line that is crossed with the “activator line” by ordinary breeding methods. In either case, the result is the same. That is, the promoter drives production of the transcriptional activator protein that then binds to the target binding region to facilitate expression of the desired cDNA.
  • Any promoter that functions in plants is used in the first component, such as the 35S Cauliflower Mosaic Virus promoter or a tissue or organ specific promoter.
  • Suitable transcriptional activator polypeptides include, but are not limited to, those encoding HAP1 and GAL4. The binding sequence recognized and targeted by the selected transcriptional activator protein is used in the second component.
  • DNA constructs of the invention are introduced into the genome of the desired plant host by a variety of conventional techniques.
  • the DNA construct is introduced directly into the genomic DNA of the plant cell using techniques such as electroporation, microinjection and polyethylene glycol precipitation of plant cell protoplasts or protoplast fusion.
  • Electroporation techniques are described in Fromm et al. Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 82:5824 (1985).
  • Microinjection techniques are known in the art and well described in the scientific and patent literature.
  • the plasmids do not have to fulfill specific requirements for use in DNA electroporation or DNA injection into plant cells. Simple plasmids such as pUC derivatives can be used.
  • the DNA constructs of the invention are introduced directly into plant tissue using ballistic methods, such as DNA particle bombardment.
  • Ballistic transformation techniques are described in Klein et al. Nature 327:773 (1987).
  • Introduction of foreign DNA using ballistics is described by Willmitzer (Willmitzer, L., 1993 Transgenic plants. In: Biotechnology, A Multi-Volume Comprehensive Treatise (H. J. Rehm, G. Reed, A. Püher, P. Stadler, eds.), Vol. 2, 627-659, VCH Weinheim-New York-Basel-Cambridge).
  • DNA constructs are also introduced with the help of Agrobacteria.
  • Agrobacteria for plant cell transformation is extensively examined and sufficiently disclosed in the specification of EP-A 120 516, and in Hoekema (In: The Binary Plant Vector System Offsetdrukkerij Kanters B. V., Alblasserdam (1985), Chapter V), Fraley et al. (Crit. Rev. Plant. Sci. 4, 1-46) and An et al. (EMBO J. 4 (1985), 277-287).
  • the DNA constructs of the invention are combined with suitable T-DNA flanking regions and introduced into a conventional Agrobacterium tumefaciens host vector.
  • the virulence functions of the Agrobacterium tumefaciens host direct the insertion of the construct and adjacent marker(s) into the plant cell DNA when the cell is infected by the bacteria (McCormac et al., 1997, Mol. Biotechnol. 8:199; Hamilton, 1997, Gene 200:107; Salomon et al., 1984 EMBO J. 3:141; Herrera-Estrella et al., 1983 EMBO J. 2:987).
  • Agrobacterium tumefaciens -mediated transformation techniques, including disarming and use of binary or co-integrate vectors, are well described in the scientific literature. See, for example Hamilton, C M., Gene 200:107 (1997); Müller et al. Mol.
  • plant explants For plant cell T-DNA transfer of DNA, plant explants, plant cells that have been cultured in suspension or protoplasts are co-cultivated with Agrobacterium tumefaciens or Agrobacterium rhizogenes. Whole plants are regenerated from the infected plant material using a suitable medium that contains antibiotics or biocides for the selection of transformed cells. Plants obtained in this way are then examined for the presence of the DNA introduced. The transformation of dicotyledonous plants via Ti-plasmid-vector systems and Agrobacterium tumefaciens is well established.
  • Monocotyledonous plants are also transformed by means of Agrobacterium based vectors (See Chan et al., Plant Mol. Biol. 22 (1993), 491-506; Hiei et al., Plant J. 6 (1994), 271-282; Deng et al., Science in China 33 (1990), 28-34; Wilmink et al., Plant Cell Reports 11 (1992), 76-80; May et al., Bio/Technology 13 (1995), 486-492; Conner and Domisse; Int. J. Plant Sci. 153 (1992), 550-555; Ritchie et al., Transgenic Res. 2 (1993), 252-265).
  • Maize transformation in particular is described in the literature (see, for example, WO95/06128, EP 0 513 849; EP 0 465 875; Fromm et al., Biotechnology 8 (1990), 833-844; Gordon-Kamm et al., Plant Cell 2 (1990), 603-618; Koziel et al., Biotechnology 11 (1993), 194-200).
  • EP 292 435 and in Shillito et al. (1989, Bio/Technology 7, 581) fertile plants are obtained from a mucus-free, soft (friable) maize callus.
  • Prioli and Söndahl (1989, Bio/Technology 7, 589) also report regenerating fertile plants from maize protoplasts of the maize Cateto inbred line, Cat 100-1.
  • Introduced DNA is usually stable after integration into the plant genome and is transmitted to the progeny of the transformed cell or plant.
  • the transformed plant cell contains a selectable marker that makes the transformed cells resistant to a biocide or an antibiotic such as kanamycin, G 418, bleomycin, hygromycin, phosphinotricin or others. Therefore, the individually chosen marker should allow the selection of transformed cells from cells lacking the introduced DNA.
  • the transformed cells grow within the plant in the usual way (McCormick et al., 1986, Plant Cell Reports 5 , 81-84) and the resulting plants are cultured normally.
  • Transformed plant cells obtained by any of the above transformation techniques are cultured to regenerate a whole plant that possesses the transformed genotype and thus the desired phenotype.
  • Such regeneration techniques rely on manipulation of certain phytohormones in a tissue culture growth medium, typically relying on a biocide and/or herbicide marker that has been introduced together with the desired nucleotide sequences.
  • Plant regeneration from cultured protoplasts is described in Evans et al., Protoplasts Isolation and Culture in “Handbook of Plant Cell Culture,” pp. 124-176, MacMillan Publishing Company, New York, 1983; and Binding, Regeneration of Plants, Plant Protoplasts, pp. 21-73, CRC Press, Boca Raton, 1988. Regeneration also occurs from plant callus, explants, organs, or parts thereof. Such regeneration techniques are described generally in Klee et al. Ann. Rev. of Plant Phys. 38:467 (1987). Regeneration of monocots (rice) is described by Hosoyama et al. ( Biosci. Biotechnol. Biochem. 58:1500 (1994)) and by Ghosh et al. ( J. Biotechnol. 32:1 (1994)).
  • Seeds are obtained from the plants and used for testing stability and inheritance. Generally, two or more generations are cultivated to ensure that the phenotypic feature is stably maintained and transmitted.
  • the expression cassette is stably incorporated in transgenic plants and confirmed to be operable, it can be introduced into other plants by sexual crossing. Any of a number of standard breeding techniques can be used, depending upon the species to be crossed.
  • nucleic acids of the invention are used to confer the trait of increased yeild, on essentially any plant.
  • the nucleotide sequences according to the invention generally encode an appropriate protein from any organism, in particular from plants, fungi, bacteria or animals.
  • the sequences preferably encode proteins from plants or fungi.
  • the plants are higher plants, in particular starch or oil storing useful plants, such as potato or cereals such as rice, maize, wheat, barley, rye, triticale, oat, millet, etc., as well as spinach, tobacco, sugar beet, soya, cotton etc.
  • the process according to the invention can be applied to any plant. Therefore, monocotyledonous as well as dicotyledonous plant species are particularly suitable.
  • the process is preferably used with plants that are interesting for agriculture, horticulture and/or forestry. Examples are vegetable plants such as cucumber, melon, pumpkin, eggplant, zucchini, tomato, spinach, cabbage species, peas, beans, etc., as well as fruits such as pears, apples, etc.
  • the invention has use over a broad range of plants, including species from the genera Anacardium, Arachis, Asparagus, Atropa, Avena, Brassica, Citrus, Citrullus, Capsicum, Carthamus, Cocos, Coffea, Cucumis, Cucurbita, Daucus, Elaeis, Fragaria, Glycine, Gossypium, Helianthus, Heterocallis, Hordeum, Hyoscyamus, Lactuca, Linum, Lolium,Lupinus, Lycopersicon, Malus, Manihot, Majorana, Medicago, Nicotiana, Olea, Oryza, Panieum, Pannesetum, Persea, Phaseolus, Pistachia, Pisum, Pyrus, Prunus, Raphanus, Ricinus, Secale, Senecio, Sinapis, Solanum, Sorghum, Theobromus, Trigonella, Triticum, Vicia, Vitis
  • a major way that a cell controls its response to internal or external stimuli is by regulating the rate of transcription of specific genes.
  • the differentiation of cells during organogenensis into forms characteristic of the organ is associated with the selective activation and repression of large numbers of genes.
  • specific organs, tissues and cells are functionally distinct due to the different populations of mRNAs and protein products they possess.
  • Internal signals program the selective activation and repression programs.
  • internally synthesized hormones produce such signals. The level of hormone is raised by increasing the level of transcription of genes encoding proteins concerned with hormone synthesis.
  • mRNA levels are measured and used as an indicator for the extent of transcription of the gene.
  • Cells are exposed to a stimulus, and mRNA isolated and assayed at different time points after stimulation.
  • the mRNA from the stimulated cells is compared to control cells that are not stimulated.
  • the mRNA levels that are higher in the stimulated cell versus the control indicate a stimulus-specific response of the cell. The same is true of mRNA levels that are lower in stimulated cells versus the control condition.
  • microarray techniques to measure the levels of mRNAs in cells from mutant plants, stimulated plants, and/or cells selected from specific organs.
  • Microarray techniques are also used to measure the levels of mRNAs in cells from plants transformed with the polynucleotides of the invention. In this case, transformants with the genes of the invention are grown to an appropriate stage, and tissue samples prepared for the microarray differential expression analysis.
  • Tissue samples for each of the expression analysis experiments are prepared as follows:
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for 4 days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber having grown 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 13,000 LUX, 70% humidity, and 20° C. and watered twice a week with 1 L of 1 ⁇ Hoagland's solution. Approximately 1,000 14 day old plants are sprayed with 200-250 mls of 100 ⁇ M ABA in a 0.02% solution of the detergent Silwet L-77. Whole seedlings, including roots, are harvested within a 15 to 20 minute time period at 1 hr and 6 hr after treatment, flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in 1-liter beakers with 100 ⁇ M ABA for treatment. Control plants are treated with water. After 6 hr and 24 hr, aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at ⁇ 80° C.
  • siliques (fruits) bearing developing seeds just prior to dessication [9 days after flowering (DAF)] are selected from each plant and are hand-dissected to identify wild-type, mea/+ heterozygotes, and mea/mea homozygous mutant plants.
  • homozygous mea/mea plants produce short siliques that contain >70% aborted seed and can be distinguished from those produced by wild-type (100% viable seed) and mea/+ heterozygous (50% viable seed) plants (Ohad et al., 1996; Grossniklaus et al., 1998; Kiyosue et al., 1999).
  • Siliques 0-10 mm in length containing developing seeds 0-9 DAF produced by homozygous mea/mea plants are harvested and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen.
  • siliques (fruits) bearing developing seeds just prior to dessication [9 days after flowering (DAF)] are selected from each plant and are hand-dissected to identify wild-type, mea/+ heterozygotes, and mea/mea homozygous mutant plants.
  • homozygous mea/mea plants produce short siliques that contain >70% aborted seed and can be distinguished from those produced by wild-type (100% viable seed) and mea/+heterozygous (50% viable seed) plants (Ohad et al., 1996; Grossniklaus et al., 1998; Kiyosue et al., 1999).
  • Siliques 0-10 mm in length containing developing seeds 0-9 DAF produced by segregating wild-type plants are opened and the seeds removed. The remaining tissues (pods minus seed) are harvested and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen.
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light: 8 hr dark) conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity, and 22° C. temperature. 3-4 siliques (fruits) bearing developing seeds are selected from at least 3 plants and are hand-dissected to determine what developmental stage(s) is represented by the enclosed embryos. Description of the stages of Arabidopsis embryogenesis used in this determination were summarized by Bowman (1994). Silique lengths are then determined and used as an approximate determinant for embryonic stage. Siliques 0-5 mm in length containing post fertilization through pre-heart stage [0-72 hours after fertilization (HAF)] embryos are harvested and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen.
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light: 8 hr dark) conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity, and 22° C. temperature. 3-4 siliques (fruits) bearing developing seeds were selected from at least 3 plants and are hand-dissected to determine what developmental stage(s) are represented by the enclosed embryos. Description of the stages of Arabidopsis embryogenesis used in this determination are summarized by Bowman (1994). Silique lengths are then determined and used as an approximate determinant for embryonic stage. Siliques 5-10 mm in length containing heart-through early upturned-U-stage [72-120 hours after fertilization (HAF)] embryos are harvested and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen.
  • HAF early upturned-U-stage
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light: 8 hr dark) conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity, and 22° C. temperature. 3-4 siliques (fruits) bearing developing seeds are selected from at least 3 plants and were hand-dissected to determine what developmental stage(s) are represented by the enclosed embryos. Description of the stages of Arabidopsis embryogenesis used in this determination were summarized by Bowman (1994). Silique lengths are then determined and used as an approximate determinant for embryonic stage. Siliques >10 mm in length containing green, late upturned-U-stage [>120 hours after fertilization (HAF)-9 days after flowering (DAF)] embryos are harvested and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen.
  • HAF fertilization
  • DAF flowering
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light: 8 hr dark) conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity, and 22° C. temperature. 3-4 siliques (fruits) bearing developing seeds are selected from at least 3 plants and are hand-dissected to determine what developmental stage(s) are represented by the enclosed embryos. Description of the stages of Arabidopsis embryogenesis used in this determination are summarized by Bowman (1994). Silique lengths are then determined and used as an approximate determinant for embryonic stage. Green siliques 5-10 mm in length containing developing seeds 72-120 hours after fertilization (HAF)] are opened and the seeds removed. The remaining tissues (green pods minus seed) were harvested and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen.
  • HAF human embryonic stage
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light: 8 hr dark) conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity, and 22° C. temperature. 3-4 siliques (fruits) bearing developing seeds are selected from at least 3 plants and are hand-dissected to determine what developmental stage(s) are represented by the enclosed embryos. Description of the stages of Arabidopsis embryogenesis used in this determination were summarized by Bowman (1994). Silique lengths are then determined and used as an approximate determinant for embryonic stage. Green siliques >10 mm in length containing developing seeds up to 9 days after flowering (DAF)] are opened and the seeds removed and harvested and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen.
  • DAF flowering
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light: 8 hr dark) conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity, and 22° C. temperature. 3-4 siliques (fruits) bearing developing seeds are selected from at least 3 plants and are hand-dissected to determine what developmental stage(s) are represented by the enclosed embryos. Description of the stages of Arabidopsis embryogenesis used in this determination were summarized by Bowman (1994). Silique lengths are then determined and used as an approximate determinant for embryonic stage. Yellowing siliques >10 mm in length containing brown, dessicating seeds >11 days after flowering (DAF)] are opened and the seeds removed and harvested and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen.
  • DAF flowering
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. They were then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light: 8 hr dark) conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity, and 22° C. temperature. 3-4 siliques (fruits) bearing developing seeds are selected from at least 3 plants and are hand-dissected to determine what developmental stage(s) are represented by the enclosed embryos. Description of the stages of Arabidopsis embryogenesis used in this determination were summarized by Bowman (1994). Silique lengths are then determined and used as an approximate determinant for embryonic stage. Green siliques >10 mm in length containing both green and brown seeds >9 days after flowering (DAF)] are opened and the seeds removed and harvested and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen.
  • DAF flowering
  • Mature dry seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown onto moistened filter paper and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. Imbibed seeds are then transferred to a growth chamber [16 hr light: 8 hr dark conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity, and 22° C. temperature], the emerging seedlings harvested after 48 hours and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen.
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light: 8 hr dark) conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity, and 22° C. temperature and taken to maturity. Mature dry seeds are collected, dried for one week at 28° C., and vernalized for one week at 4° C. before use as a source of RNA.
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana heterozygous for pistillata (pi) (ecotype Landsberg erecta (Ler)) are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light: 8 hr dark) conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 76% humidity, and 24° C. temperature. Inflorescences are harvested from seedlings about 40 days old.
  • the inflorescences are cut into small pieces and incubated in the following enzyme solution (pH 5) at room temperature for 0.5-1 hr.: 0.2% pectolyase Y-23, 0.04% pectinase, 5 mM MES, 3% Sucrose and MS salts (1900 mg/l KNO 3 , 1650 mg/1 NH 4 NO 3 , 370 mg/l MgSO 4 .7 H 2 O, 170 mg/l KH 2 PO 4 , 440 mg/l CaCl 2 .2 H 2 O, 6.2 mg/l H 2 BO 3 , 15.6 mg/l MnSO 4 .4 H 2 O, 8.6 mg/l ZnSO 4 .7 H 2 O, 0.25 mg/l NaMoO 4 .2 H 2 O, 0.025 mg/l CuCO 4 .5 H 2 O, 0.025 mg/l CoCl 2 .6 H 2 O, 0.83 mg/l KI, 27.8 mg/l FeSO 4
  • the mixture of inflorescence material and enzyme solution is passed through a size 60 sieve and then through a sieve with a pore size of 125 ⁇ m. Ovules greater than 125 ⁇ m in diameter are collected, rinsed twice in B5 liquid medium (2500 mg/l KNO 3, 250 mg/l MgSO 4 .7 H 2 O, 150 mg/l NaH2PO4.H 2 O, 150 mg/l CaCl 2 .2 H 2 O, 134 mg/l (NH4)2 CaCl 2 .SO 4 , 3 mg/l H 2 BO 3, 10 mg/l MnSO 4 .4 H 2 O, 2 ZnSO 4 .7 H 2 O, 0.25 mg/l NaMoO 4 .2 H 2 O, 0.025 mg/l CuCO 4 .5 H 2 O, 0.025 mg/l CoCl 2 .6 H 2 O, 0.75 mg/l KI, 40 mg/l EDTA sodium ferric salt, 20 g/l sucrose,
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for 4 days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 13,000 LUX, 70% humidity, 20° C. and watered twice a week with 1 L of 1 ⁇ Hoagland's solution (recipe recited in Feldmann et al., (1987) Mol. Gen. Genet. 208: 1-9 and described as complete nutrient solution). Approximately 1,000 14 day old plants are spayed with 200-250 mls of 100 ⁇ M NAA in a 0.02% solution of the detergent Silwet L-77. Aerial tissues (everything above the soil line) are harvested within a 15 to 20 minute time period 1 hr and 6 hrs after treatment, flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in 1-liter beakers with 100 ⁇ M NAA for treatment. Control plants are treated with water. After 6 hr and 24 hr, aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at ⁇ 80° C.
  • tissue is prepared from two different mutants; (1) a dwf4-1 knock out mutant and (2) a mutant overexpressing the dwf4-1 gene
  • Seeds of wild-type Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) and of the dwf4-1 knock out and overexpressor mutants are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for 4 days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 11,000 LUX, 70% humidity and 22° C. temperature. Tissue from shoot parts (unopened floral primordia and shoot apical meristems) is flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in 1-liter beakers with 0.1 ⁇ M epi-brassinolide for treatment. Control plants are treated with distilled deionized water. After 24 hr, aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at ⁇ 80° C.
  • CS237 is an ethylene triple response mutant that is insensitive to ethylene and which has an etr1-1 phenotype.
  • Arabidopsis thaliana CS237 seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before sowing.
  • Aerial tissue is collected from mutants and wild-type Columbia ecotype plants, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Arabidopsis thaliana ecotype Wassilewskija seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before sowing on MS media (1%) sucrose on bactor-agar. Roots and shoots are separated 14 days after germination, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Seedlings are grown on regular MS (1% sucrose) bacto-agar. 14 day old seedlings (days after germination) roots and shoots are separated and flash frozen in liquid N2.
  • Seedlings are grown on regular MS (1% sucrose) bacto-agar. 14 day old seedlings (days after germination) roots and shoots were separated nand flash frozen in liquid N2.
  • Seedlings are grown vertically on regular MS (1% sucrose) bacto agar plates for 14 days. The roots are then isolated, flash frozen and RNA isolated.
  • RNA from wild-type and mutant whole plants is prepared and compared.
  • Carple factory is a double-stranded RNAse protein that is hypothesized to process small RNAs in Arabidopsis.
  • the protein is closely related to a Drosophila protein named DICER that functions in the RNA degradation steps of RNA interference.
  • Arabidopsis thaliana Caf mutant seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before sowing in flats of MetroMix 200. Flats are placed in the greenhouse, watered and grown to the 8 leaf, pre-flower stage. Stems and rosette leaves are harvested from the mutants and the wild-type segregants, flash frozen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Sterilized Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) seeds are kept at 4° C. in dark for three days and carefully spread on 0.5 ⁇ MS plates by dispersing ⁇ 300-500 seeds on agar surface. Plates are left to dry in the hood for 15-20 min. and then sealed with micropore tape. Plates are placed in a Percival growth chamber set at 22C, 16 h light/8 h dark. By day 7 (9 AM), half of plates are moved into another Percival growth chamber whose setting is identical to the previous one except that the temperature is set to 8° C. Plants are gently pulled out from plates and harvested/frozen at 2 hrs, 4 hrs, 8 hrs, 2 days, 4 days, 7 days, 9 days and 11 days after transfer. Samples kept in the 22° C. chamber are harvested at the same time as the cold-treated samples.
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for three days to vernalize before being transferred to a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 12,000-14,000 LUX, 20° C. and 70% humidity. Fourteen day old plants are transferred to a 4° C. dark growth chamber and aerial tissues are harvested 1 hour and 6 hours later. Control plants are maintained at 20° C. and covered with foil to avoid exposure to light. Tissues are flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in 1-liter beakers containing 4° C. water for treatment. Control plants are treated with water at 25° C. After 1 hr and 6 hr aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for 4 days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 13,000 LUX, 70% humidity, 20° C. temperature and watered twice a week with 1 L of 1 ⁇ Hoagland's solution. Approximately 1,000 14 day old plants are spayed with 200-250 mls of 100 ⁇ M BA in a 0.02% solution of the detergent Silwet L-77. Aerial tissues (everything above the soil line) are harvested within a 15 to 20 minute time period 1 hr and 6 hrs after treatment, flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats were watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in 1-liter beakers with 100 ⁇ M BA for treatment. Control plants are treated with water. After 6 hr, aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Demeter is a mutant of a methyl transferase gene and is similar to fie.
  • Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before sowing.
  • Cauline leaves and closed flowers are isolated from 35S::DMT and dmt ⁇ / ⁇ plant lines, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) seeds are kept at 4° C. in dark for three days and then sown in soil mix (Metromix 200) with a regular watering schedule (1.5-2 L per flat per week). Drought treatment by withholding water starts when plants are 30-days-old. The control samples are watered as before. Rosettes, flowers (with siliques less than 5 mm) and siliques (>5 mm) are harvested separately on day 5, 7 and 10 post-drought-treatment (PDT). By day 10 PDT, the majority of drought plants are wilted and unable to recover after re-watering and the experiment is terminated. The samples are harvested between 2-5 PM. Plants are grown in a walk-in growth chamber under these conditions: 16 h light/8 hr dark, 70% relative humidity, 20° C. light/18° C. dark for the first 10 days, and under 22° C. light/20° C. dark for the following days.
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for three days to vernalize before being transferred to a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 150,000-160,000 LUX, 20° C. and 70% humidity. After 14 days, aerial tissues are cut and left to dry on 3 MM Whatman paper in a petri-plate for 1 hour and 6 hours. Aerial tissues exposed for 1 hour and 6 hours to 3 MM Whatman paper wetted with 1 ⁇ Hoagland's solution serve as controls. Tissues are harvested, flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) seed is vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before sowing in Metromix soil type 350. Flats are placed in a growth chamber with 23° C., 16 hr light/8 hr. dark, 80% relative humidity, ⁇ 13,000 LUX for germination and growth. Plants are watered with 1-1.5 L of water every four days. Watering is stopped 16 days after germination for the treated samples, but continues for the control samples. Rosette leaves and stems, flowers and siliques are harvested 2 d, 3 d, 4 d, 5 d, 6 d and 7 d after watering is stopped. Tissue is flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and kept at ⁇ 80° C. until RNA is isolated. Flowers and siliques are also harvested on day 8 from plants that had undergone a 7 d drought treatment followed by 1 day of watering. Control plants (whole plants) are harvested after 5 weeks, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored as above.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in empty 1-liter beakers at room temperature for treatment. Control plants are placed in water. After 1 hr, 6 hr, 12 hr and 24 hr aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at ⁇ 80° C.
  • above ground tissue is flash frozen with liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C. Control seedlings are not transferred, but are collected at the same time as corresponding shade-exposed experimental samples.
  • Far Red 525 ⁇ W/cm 2
  • above ground tissue is flash frozen with liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C. Control seedlings are not transferred, but are collected at same time as the corresponding shade-exposed experimental samples.
  • Approximately 10 ⁇ l of Arabidopsis thaliana seeds are sown on 350 soil (containing 0.03% marathon) and vernalized at 4 C for 3 days. Plants are then grown at room temperature under fluorescent lighting until flowering. Flowers are harvested after 28 days in three different categories. Buds that had not opened at all and are completely green are categorized as “flower buds” (also referred to as green buds by the investigator). Buds that had started to open, with white petals emerging slightly are categorized as “green flowers” (also referred to as white buds by the investigator). Flowers that are mostly opened (with no silique elongation) with white petals completely visible are categorized as “white flowers” (also referred to as open flowers by the investigator). Buds and flowers are harvested with forceps, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C. until RNA is isolated.
  • Arabidopsis thaliana seeds (ecotype Wassilewskija) is sterilized in bleach and rinsed with sterile water. The seeds are placed in 100 mm petri plates containing soaked autoclaved filter paper. Plates are foil-wrapped and left at 4° C. for 3 nights to vernalize. After cold treatment, the foil is removed and plates are placed into a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark cycles, 23° C., 70% relative humidity and ⁇ 11,000 lux. Seeds are collected 1 d, 2 d, 3 d and 4 d later, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C. until RNA is isolated.
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for 4 days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr. dark, 13,000 LUX, 70% humidity, 20° C. and watered twice a week with 1 L of 1 ⁇ Hoagland's solution. Approximately 1,000 14 day old plants are sprayed with 200-250 mls of 100 ⁇ M gibberillic acid in a 0.02% solution of the detergent Silwet L-77. At 1 hr. and 6 hrs. after treatment, aerial tissues (everything above the soil line) are harvested within a 15 to 20 minute time period, flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are sown in Metro-mix soil type 350 and left at 4° C. for 3 days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 13,000 LUX, 80% humidity, 20° C. temperature and watered every four days with 1.5 L water. Fourteen (14) days after germination, plants are sprayed with 100 ⁇ M gibberillic acid or with water. Aerial tissues are harvested 1 hr 6 hrs 12 hrs and 24 hrs post-treatment, flash frozen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in 1-liter beakers with 100 ⁇ M gibberillic acid for treatment. Control plants are treated with water. After 1 hr, 6 hr and 12 hr, aerial and root tissues were separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at ⁇ 8 80° C.
  • Arabidopsis thaliana ecotype Wassilewskija seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before sowing. Leaves are harvested, homogenized and centrifuged to isolate the guard cell containing fraction. Homogenate from leaves served as the control. Samples are flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C. Identical experiments using leaf tissue from canola are performed.
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for three days to vernalize before being transferred to a growth chamber with 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 12,000-14,000 LUX, 70% humidity and 20° C., fourteen day old plants are transferred to a 42° C. growth chamber and aerial tissues are harvested 1 hr and 6 hr after transfer. Control plants are left at 20° c. and aerial tissues are harvested. Tissues are flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° c.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in 1-liter beakers containing 42° C. water for treatment. Control plants are treated with water at 25° C. After 1 hr and 6 hr aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) seeds are sterilized for 5 min. with 30% bleach, 50 ⁇ l Triton in a total volume of 50 ml. Seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before being plated onto GM agar plates at a density of about 144 seeds per plate. Plates are incubated in a Percival growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 80% relative humidity, 22° C. and 11,000 LUX for 14 days.
  • Tissue is collected and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen at the following time points: 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 12, and 24 hours. Frozen tissue is stored at ⁇ 80° C. prior to RNA isolation.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A are sown in water-moistened sand in covered flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX.
  • hr light 25° C.
  • hr dark 20° C.
  • 75% relative humidity 13,000-14,000 LUX.
  • One day after sowing whole seeds are flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Two days after sowing, embryos and endosperm are isolated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at ⁇ 80° C.
  • aerial tissues, roots and endosperm are isolated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Interploidy crosses involving a 6 ⁇ parent are lethal.
  • Crosses involving a 4 ⁇ parent are complete and analyzed.
  • the imbalance in the maternal/paternal ratio produced from the cross can lead to big seeds.
  • Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before sowing.
  • Small siliques are harvested at 5 days after pollination, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Mutant 3642 is a recessive mutation that causes abnormal leaf development.
  • the leaves of mutant 3642 plants are characterized by leaf twisting and irregular leaf shape.
  • Mutant 3642 plants also exhibit abnormally shaped floral organs which results in reduced fertility.
  • Seed segregating for the mutant phenotype are sown in Metro-mix 350 soil and grown in a Conviron growth chamber with watering by sub-irrigation twice a week.
  • Environmental conditions are set at 20 degrees Celsius, 70% humidity with an 8 hour day, 16 hour night light regime. Plants are harvested after 4 weeks of growth and the entire aerial portion of the plant is harvested and immediately frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Mutant phenotype plants are harvested separately from normal phenotype plants, which serve as the control tissue.
  • Alkaloid 35S over-expressing lines are used to monitor the expression levels of terpenoid/alkaloid biosynthetic and P450 genes to identify the transcriptional regulatory points in the biosynthesis pathway and the related P450 genes.
  • Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before sowing in vermiculite soil (Zonolite) supplemented by Hoagland solution. Flats are placed in Conviron growth chambers under long day conditions (16 hr light, 23° C./8 hr dark, 20° C.).
  • Basta spray and selection of the overexpressing lines is conducted about 2 weeks after germination. Approximately 2-3 weeks after bolting (approximately 5-6 weeks after germination), aerial portions (e.g. stem and siliques) from the over-expressing lines and from wild-type plants are harvested, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for 4 days to vernalize before being transferred to a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr. dark, 13,000 LUX, 70% humidity, 20° C. temperature and watered twice a week with 1 L of a 1 ⁇ Hoagland's solution.
  • Approximately 1,000 14 day old plants are sprayed with 200-250 mls of 0.001% methyl jasmonate in a 0.02% solution of the detergent Silwet L-77.
  • whole seedlings, including roots are harvested within a 15 to 20 minute time period, flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in 1-liter beakers with 0.001% methyl jasmonate for treatment. Control plants are treated with water. After 24 hr, aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for three days to vernalize before being transferred to a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 12,000-14,000 LUX, 20° C. and 70% humidity.
  • Fourteen day old plants are sprayed with 5 mM sodium nitroprusside in a 0.02% Silwett L-77 solution.
  • Control plants are sprayed with a 0.02% Silwett L-77 solution.
  • Aerial tissues are harvested 1 hour and 6 hours after spraying, flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in 1-liter beakers with 5 mM nitroprusside for treatment. Control plants are treated with water. After 1 hr, 6 hr and 12 hr, aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) seeds are sown on flats containing 4 L of a 1:2 mixture of Grace Zonolite vermiculite and soil. Flats are watered with 3 L of water and vernalized at 4° C. for five days. Flats are placed in a Conviron growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark at 20° C., 80% humidity and 17,450 LUX. Flats are watered with approximately 1.5 L of water every four days. Mature, bolting plants (24 days after germination) are bottom treated with 2 L of either a control (100 mM mannitol pH 5.5) or an experimental (50 mM ammonium nitrate, pH 5.5) solution. Roots, leaves and siliques are harvested separately 30, 120 and 240 minutes after treatment, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Hybrid maize seed (Pioneer hybrid 35A19) are aerated overnight in deionized water. Thirty seeds are plated in each flat, which contained 4 liters of Grace zonolite vermiculite. Two liters of water are bottom fed and flats were kept in a Conviron growth chamber with 16 hr light/8 hr dark at 20° C. and 80% humidity. Flats are watered with 1 L of tap water every three days. Five day old seedlings are treated as described above with 2 L of either a control (100 mM mannitol pH 6.5) solution or 1 L of an experimental (50 mM ammonium nitrate, pH 6.8) solution. Fifteen shoots per time point per treatment are harvested 10, 90 and 180 minutes after treatment, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are left at 4° C. for 3 days to vernalize. They are then sown on vermiculite in a growth chamber having 16 hours light/8 hours dark, 12,000-14,000 LUX, 70% humidity, and 20° C. They are bottom-watered with tap water, twice weekly. Twenty-four days old plants are sprayed with either water (control) or 0.6% ammonium nitrate at 4 ⁇ L/cm 2 of tray surface. Total shoots and some primary roots are cleaned of vermiculite, flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Wild type Arabidopsis thaliana seeds (ecotype Wassilewskija) are surface sterilized with 30% Clorox, 0.1% Triton X-100 for 5 minutes. Seeds are then rinsed with 4-5 exchanges of sterile double distilled deionized water. Seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 2-4 days in darkness. After cold treatment, seeds are plated on modified 1 ⁇ MS media (without NH 4 NO 3 or KNO 3 ), 0.5% sucrose, 0.5 g/L MES pH5.7, 1% phytagar and supplemented with KNO 3 to a final concentration of 60 mM (high nitrate modified 1 ⁇ MS media). Plates are then grown for 7 days in a Percival growth chamber at 22° C. with 16 hr. light/8 hr dark.
  • Germinated seedlings are then transferred to a sterile flask containing 50 mL of high nitrate modified 1 ⁇ MS liquid media. Seedlings are grown with mild shaking for 3 additional days at 22° C. in 16 hr. light/8 hr dark (in a Percival growth chamber) on the high nitrate modified 1 ⁇ MS liquid media.
  • seedlings are transferred either to a new sterile flask containing 50 mL of high nitrate modified 1 ⁇ MS liquid media or to low nitrate modified 1 ⁇ MS liquid media (containing 20 ⁇ M KNO 3 ). Seedlings are grown in these media conditions with mild shaking at 22° C. in 16 hr light/8 hr dark for the appropriate time points and whole seedlings harvested for total RNA isolation via the Trizol method (LifeTech.).
  • the time points used for the microarray experiments are 10 min. and 1 hour time points for both the high and low nitrate modified 1 ⁇ MS media.
  • seeds that are surface sterilized in 30% bleach containing 0.1% Triton X-100 and fuirther rinsed in sterile water are planted on MS agar, (0.5% sucrose) plates containing 50 mM KNO 3 (potassium nitrate).
  • the seedlings are grown under constant light (3500 LUX) at 22° C.
  • seedlings are transferred to MS agar plates containing either 1 mM KNO 3 or 50 mM KNO 3 . Seedlings transferred to agar plates containing 50 mM KNO 3 are treated as controls in the experiment. Seedlings transferred to plates with 1 mM KNO 3 are rinsed thoroughly with sterile MS solution containing 1 mM KNO 3 . There are ten plates per transfer. Root tissue was collected and frozen in 15 mL Falcon tubes at various time points which included 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 9 hours, 12 hours, 16 hours, and 24 hours.
  • Maize 35A19 Pioneer hybrid seeds are sown on flats containing sand and grown in a Conviron growth chamber at 25° C., 16 hr light/8 hr dark, ⁇ 13,000 LUX and 80% relative humidity. Plants are watered every three days with double distilled deionized water. Germinated seedlings are allowed to grow for 10 days and are watered with high nitrate modified 1 ⁇ MS liquid media (see above). On day 11, young corn seedlings are removed from the sand (with their roots intact) and rinsed briefly in high nitrate modified 1 ⁇ MS liquid media. The equivalent of half a flat of seedlings is then submerged (up to their roots) in a beaker containing either 500 mL of high or low nitrate modified 1 ⁇ MS liquid media (see above for details).
  • Corn root tissues isolated at the 4 hr and 16 hr time points are used for the microarray experiments. Both the high and low nitrate modified 1 ⁇ MS media are used.
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for three days to vernalize before being transferred to a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 12,000-14,000 LUX, 20° C., and 70% humidity. After 14 days, the aerial tissues are cut and placed on 3 MM Whatman paper in a petri-plate wetted with 20% PEG (polyethylene glycol-M r 8,000) in 1 ⁇ Hoagland's solution. Aerial tissues on 3 MM Whatman paper containing 1 ⁇ Hoagland's solution alone serve as the control. Aerial tissues are harvested at 1 hour and 6 hours after treatment, flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in 1-liter beakers with 20% PEG (polyethylene glycol-M, 8,000) for treatment. Control plants are treated with water. After 1 hr and 6 hr aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in 1-liter beakers with 150 mM NaCl for treatment. Control plants were treated with water. After 1 hr, 6 hr, and 24 hr aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for three days to vernalize before being transferred to a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 12,000-14,000 LUX, 20° C. and 70% humidity.
  • Fourteen day old plants are sprayed with 5 mM H 2 O 2 (hydrogen peroxide) in a 0.02% Silwett L-77 solution.
  • Control plants are sprayed with a 0.02% Silwett L-77 solution.
  • Aerial tissues are harvested 1 hour and 6 hours after spraying, flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in 1-liter beakers with 5 mM H 2 O 2 for treatment. Control plants are treated with water. After 1 hr, 6 hr and 24 hr, aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Arabidopsis thaliana ecotype Wassilewskija seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before sowing in flats containing vermiculite soil. Flats are watered placed at 20° C. in a Conviron growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark. Whole plants (used as the control) and petals from inflorescences 23-25 days after germination are harvested, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Arabidopsis thaliana ecotype Wassilewskija seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before sowing in flats containing vermiculite soil. Flats are watered and placed at 20° C. in a Conviron growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark. Whole plants (used as controls) and pollen from plants 38 dap is harvested, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) wild-type and 13B12-1 (homozygous) mutant seed are sown in pots containing Metro-mix 350 soil and incubated at 4° C. for four days. Vernalized seeds are germinated in the greenhouse (16 hr light/8 hr dark) over a 7 day period. Mutant seedlings are sprayed with 0.02% (active ingredient) Finale to confirm their transgenic standing. Plants were grown until the mutant phenotype (either multiple pistils in a single flower and/or multiple branching per node) is apparent. Young inflorescences immediately forming from the multiple-branched stems are cut and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen. Young inflorescences from wild-type plants grown in parallel and under identical conditions are collected as controls. All collected tissue is stored at ⁇ 80° C. until RNA isolation.
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are sterilized in full strength bleach for less than 5 min., washed more than 3 times in sterile distilled deionized water and plated on MS agar plates. The plates are placed at 4° C. for 3 nights and then placed vertically into a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark cycles, 23° C., 70% relative humidity and ⁇ 11,000 LUX. After 2 weeks, the roots are cut from the agar, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Plants mutant at the rhl gene locus lack root hairs. This mutation is maintained as a heterozygote.
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Landsberg erecta) mutated at the rhl gene locus are sterilized using 30% bleach with 1 ul/ml 20% Triton-X 100 and then vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before being plated onto GM agar plates. Plates are placed in growth chamber with 16 hr light/8 hr. dark, 23° C., 14,500-15,900 LUX, and 70% relative humidity for germination and growth.
  • Arabidopsis thaliana (Landsberg erecta) seedlings grown and prepared as above are used as controls.
  • seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Landsberg erecta), heterozygous for the rhl1 (root hairless) mutation, are surface-sterilized in 30% bleach containing 0.1% Triton X-100 and further rinsed in sterile water. They are then vernalized at 4° C. for 4 days before being plated onto MS agar plates. The plates are maintained in a growth chamber at 24° C. with 16 hr light/8 hr dark for germination and growth. After 10 days, seedling roots that expressed the phenotype (i.e. lacking root hairs) are cut below the hypocotyl junction, frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C. Those seedlings with the normal root phenotype (heterozygous or wt) are collected as described for the mutant and used as controls.
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are placed on MS plates and vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before being placed in a 25° C. growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 70% relative humidty and about 3 W/m 2 .
  • After 6 days, young seedlings are transferred to flasks containing B5 liquid medium, 1% sucrose and 0.05 mg/l indole-3-butyric acid. Flasks are incubated at room temperature with 100 rpm agitation. Media is replaced weekly.
  • roots are harvested and incubated for 1 hr with 2% pectinase, 0.2% cellulase, pH 7 before straining through a #80 (Sigma) sieve.
  • the root body material remaining on the sieve (used as the control) is flash frozen and stored at ⁇ 80° C. until use.
  • the material that passes through the #80 sieve is strained through a #200 (Sigma) sieve and the material remaining on the sieve (root tips) is flash frozen and stored at ⁇ 80° C. until use.
  • Approximately 10 mg of root tips are collected from one flask of root culture.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 8 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and the root tips ( ⁇ 2 mm long) are removed and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at ⁇ 80° C. The tissues above the root tips ( ⁇ 1 cm long) are cut, treated as above and used as control tissue.
  • Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) seed was vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before sowing in Metro-mix soil type 350. Flats are placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 80% relative humidity, 23° C. and 13,000 LUX for germination and growth. After 3 weeks, rosette leaves, stems, and siliques are harvested, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C. until use. After 4 weeks, siliques ( ⁇ 5 mm, 5-10 mm and >10 mm) are harvested, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C. until use. Five week old whole plants (used as controls) are harvested, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and kept at ⁇ 80° C. until RNA is isolated.
  • rs2-R rough sheath2-R
  • rs2 encodes a myb domain DNA binding protein that functions in repression of several shoot apical meristem expressed homeobox genes.
  • Two homeobox gene targets are known for rs2 repression, rough sheath1, liguleless 3.
  • the recessive loss of function phenotype of rs2-R homozygous plants is described in Schneeberger et al. 1998, Development 125: 2857-2865.
  • the seed stock genetically segregates 1:1 for rs2-R/rs2-R:rs2-R/+
  • tissue samples 160 seedlings pooled from 2 and 3 week old plants grown in sand. Growth conditions; Conviron #107 at 12 hr days/12 hr night, 25° C., 75% humidity. Shoot apex was dissected to include leaf three and older.
  • the rt1 allele is a variation of rt1 rootless1 and is recessive. Plants displaying the rt1 phenotype have few or no secondary roots.
  • Root tissue from plants segregating for rt1 are sown on sand and placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 13,000 LUX, 70% humidity and 20° C. temperature. Plants are watered every three days with tap water. Eleven (11) day old seedlings are carefully removed from the sand, keeping the roots intact. rt1-type seedlings are separated from their wild-type counterparts and the root tissue isolated. Root tissue from normal seedlings (control) and rt1 mutants is flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C. until use.
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light: 8 hr dark) conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity, and 22° C. temperature. Inflorescences containing immature floral buds [stages 1-12; Smyth et al., 1990] as well as the inflorescence meristem are harvested and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light: 8 hr dark) conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity, and 22° C. temperature. Mature, unpollinated flowers [stages 12-14; Smyth et al. 1990] are harvested and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen.
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light: 8 hr dark) conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity, and 22° C. temperature. Siliques bearing developing seeds containing post fertilization through pre-heart stage [0-72 hours after fertilization (HAF)], heart-through early curled cotyledon stage [72-120 HAF] and late-curled cotyledon stage [>120 HAF] embryos are harvested separately and pooled prior to RNA isolation in a mass ratio of 1:1:1. The tissues are then flash frozen in liquid nitrogen. Bowman (1994) reviews and provides a description of the stages of Arabidopsis embryogenesis used.
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for 4 days to vernalize before being transferred to a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr. dark, 13,000 LUX, 70% humidity, 20° C. temperature and watered twice a week with 1 L of a 1 ⁇ Hoagland's solution.
  • Approximately 1,000 14 day old plants are sprayed with 200-250 mls of 5 mM salicylic acid (solubilized in 70% ethanol) in a 0.02% solution of the detergent Silwet L-77.
  • whole seedlings, including roots are harvested within a 15 to 20 minute time period flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • seeds of wild-type Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Columbia) and mutant CS3726 are sown in soil type 200 mixed with osmocote fertilizer and Marathon insecticide and left at 4° C. for 3 days to vernalize. Flats are incubated at room temperature with continuous light. Sixteen days post germination plants are sprayed with 2 mM SA, 0.02% SilwettL-77 or control solution (0.02% SilwettL-77. Aerial parts or flowers were harvested 1 hr, 4 hr, 6 hr, 24 hr and 3 weeks post-treatment flash frozen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in 1-liter beakers with 2 mM SA for treatment. Control plants are treated with water. After 12 hr and 24 hr, aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Arabidopsis thaliana ecotype Wassilewskija seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before sowing in flats containing vermiculite soil. Flats are placed at 20° c. in a conviron growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark. Whole plants (used as controls) receive water. Other plants are treated with 100 mm nacl. After 6 hr and 72 hr, aerial and root tissues are harvested and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Sterilized wild-type Arabidopsis thaliana seeds (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown on MS plates (0.5% sucrose, 1.5% agar) after 3 day-cold treatment.
  • the plates are placed vertically in a Percival growth chamber (16:8 light cycles, 22° C.) so that roots grow vertically on the agar surface.
  • the shoots or aerials, harvested after 7d- and 14d-growth in the chamber, are used as the experimental samples.
  • the control sample is derived from tissues harvested from 3 week-old plants that are grown in soil in a Conviron chamber (16:8 light cycles, 22° C.), including rosettes, roots, stems, flowers, and siliques.
  • Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Landsberg erecta) plants mutant at the stm gene locus lack shoot meristems, produce aerial rosettes, have a reduced number of flowers per inflorescence, as well as a reduced number of petals, stamens and carpels, and is female sterile. This mutation is maintained as a heterozygote.
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Landsberg erecta) mutated at the stm locus are sterilized using 30% bleach with 1 ul/ml 20% Triton-X100.
  • the seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before being plated onto GM agar plates.
  • Half are then put into a 22° C., 24 hr light growth chamber and half in a 24° C. 16 hr light/8 hr dark growth chamber having 14,500-15,900 LUX, and 70% relative humidity for germination and growth.
  • leaf primordia After 7 days, seedlings are examined for leaf primordia using a dissecting microscope. Presence of leaf primordia indicated a wild type phenotype. Mutants are selected based on lack of leaf primordia. Mutants are then harvested and hypocotyls removed leaving only tissue in the shoot region. Tissue is then flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Control tissue is isolated from 5 day old Landsberg erecta seedlings grown in the same manner as above. Tissue from the shoot region is harvested in the same manner as the stm tissue, but only contains material from the 24° C., 16 hr light/8 hr dark long day cycle growth chamber.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 8 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and the outer layers of leaf shealth removed. About 2 mm sections are cut and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at ⁇ 80° C. The tissues above the shoot apices ( ⁇ 1 cm long) are cut, treated as above and used as control tissue.
  • Wild type Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) seeds are sown in moistened soil mix, metromix 200 with osmocote, and stratified at 4° C. for 3 days in dark. Flats are placed in a Conviron growth chamber maintained at 16 h light (22° C.), 8 h dark (20° C.) and 70% humidity. After 3 weeks, siliques ( ⁇ 5 mm long) are collected in liquid nitrogen. The control samples are 3-week old whole plants (including all tissue types) grown in the same Conviron growth chamber.
  • Arabidopsis thaliana (Colombia glabrous) inflorescences are used as a control and CS8143 (hairy inflorescence ecotype) inflorescences, having increased trichomes, are used as the experimental sample.
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for three days to vernalize before being transferred to a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 12,000-14,000 LUX, 70% humidity and 20° C. After 14 days, the leaves are wounded with forceps. Aerial tissues are harvested 1 hour and 6 hours after wounding. Aerial tissues from unwounded plants serve as controls. Tissues are flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are wounded (one leaf nicked by scissors) and placed in 1-liter beakers of water for treatment. Control plants are treated not wounded. After 1 hr and 6 hr aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at ⁇ 80° C.
  • 3642-1 is a T-DNA mutant that affects leaf development. This mutant segregates 3:1, wild-type:mutant. Arabidopsis thaliana 3642-1 mutant seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before sowing in flats of MetroMix 200. Flats are placed in the greenhouse, watered and grown to the 8 leaf, pre-flower stage. Stems and rosette leaves are harvested from the mutants and the wild-type segregants, flash frozen and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Microarray technology provides the ability to monitor mRNA transcript levels of thousands of genes in a single experiment. These experiments simultaneously hybridize two differentially labeled fluorescent cDNA pools to glass slides that have been previously spotted with cDNA clones of the same species. Each arrayed cDNA spot has a corresponding ratio of fluorescence that represents the level of disparity between the respective mRNA species in the two sample pools. Thousands of polynucleotides are spotted on one slide, and each experiment generates a global expression pattern.
  • the microarray consists of a chemically coated microscope slide, referred to herein as a “chip” with numerous polynucleotide samples arrayed at a high density.
  • the poly-L-lysine coating allows for this spotting at high density by providing a hydrophobic surface, reducing the spreading of spots of DNA solution arrayed on the slides.
  • Glass microscope slides Gold Seal #3010 manufactured by Gold Seal Products, Portsmouth, N.H., USA
  • Polynucleotides are amplified from Arabidopsis cDNA clones using insert specific probes.
  • the resulting 100 uL PCR reactions are purified with Qiaquick 96 PCR purification columns (Qiagen, Valencia, Calif., USA) and eluted in 30 uL of 5 mM Tris. 8.5 uL of the elution are mixed with 1.5 uL of 20 ⁇ SSC to give a final spotting solution of DNA in 3 ⁇ SSC.
  • the concentrations of DNA generated from each clone vary between 10-100 ng/ul, but are usually about 50 ng/ul.
  • PCR products from cDNA clones are spotted onto the poly-L-Lysine coated glass slides using an arrangement of quill-tip pins (ChipMaker 3 spotting pins; Telechem, International, Inc., Sunnyvale, Calif., USA) and a robotic arrayer (PixSys 3500, Cartesian Technologies, Irvine, Calif., USA).
  • quill-tip pins ChipMaker 3 spotting pins; Telechem, International, Inc., Sunnyvale, Calif., USA
  • a robotic arrayer PanSys 3500, Cartesian Technologies, Irvine, Calif., USA.
  • Spot center-to-center spacing is from 180 um to 210 um depending on the array. Printing is conducted in a chamber with relative humidity set at 50%.
  • slides are processed through a series of steps—rehydration, UV cross-linking, blocking and denaturation—required prior to hybridization.
  • Slides are rehydrated by placing them over a beaker of warm water (DNA face down), for 2-3 sec, to distribute the DNA more evenly within the spots, and then snap dried on a hot plate (DNA side, face up).
  • the DNA is then cross-linked to the slides by UV irradiation (60-65 mJ; 2400 Stratalinker, Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif., USA).
  • a blocking step is performed to modify remaining free lysine groups, and hence minimize their ability to bind labeled probe DNA.
  • the arrays are placed in a slide rack. An empty slide chamber is left ready on an orbital shaker. The rack is bent slightly inwards in the middle, to ensure the slides do not run into each other while shaking.
  • the blocking solution is prepared as follows:
  • 3 ⁇ 350-ml glass chambers (with metal tops) are set to one side, and a large round Pyrex dish with dH 2 O is placed ready in the microwave. At this time, 15 ml sodium borate is prepared in a 50 ml conical tube.
  • the slide rack is plunged rapidly and evenly in the solution. It is vigorously shaken up and down for a few seconds, making sure slides never leave the solution.
  • the slide rack is gently plunged in the 95 C water (just stopped boiling) for 2 min. Then the slide rack is plunged 5 ⁇ in 95% ethanol. The slides and rack are centrifuged for 5 min. @ 500 rpm. The slides are loaded quickly and evenly onto the carriers to avoid streaking. The arrays are used immediately or stored in a slide box.
  • the Hybridization process begins with the isolation of mRNA from the two tissues in question (see “ Isolation of total RNA ” and “ Isolation of mRNA ”, below) followed by their conversion to single stranded cDNA (see “ Generation of probes for hybridization ”, below).
  • the cDNA from each tissue is independently labeled with a different fluorescent dye and then both samples are pooled together. This final differentially labeled cDNA pool is then placed on a processed microarray and allowed to hybridize (see “ Hybridization and wash conditions ”, below).
  • RNAse-free water RNAse-free water
  • RNA is isolated using the Qiagen Oligotex mRNA Spin-Column protocol (Qiagen, Valencia, Calif.). Briefly, 500 ⁇ l OBB buffer (20 mM Tris-Cl, pH 7.5, 1 M NaCl, 2 mM EDTA, 0.2% SDS) is added to 500 ⁇ l of total RNA (0.5-0.75 mg) and mixed thoroughly. The sample is first incubated at 70° C. for 3 min, then at room temperature for 10 minutes and finally centrifuged for 2 min at 14,000-18,000 ⁇ g.
  • the pellet is resuspended in 400 ⁇ l OW2 buffer (10 mM Tris-Cl, pH 7.5, 150 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA) by vortexing, the resulting solution placed on a small spin column in a 1.5 ml RNase-free microcentrifuge tube and centrifuged for 1 min at 14,000-18,000 ⁇ g.
  • the spin column is transferred to a new 1.5 ml RNase-free microcentrifuge tube and washed with 400 ⁇ l of OW2 buffer.
  • the spin column is again transferred to a new RNase-free 1.5 ml microcentrifuge tube, 20-100 ⁇ l 70° C.
  • OEB buffer (5 mM Tris-Cl, pH 7.5) added and the resin resuspended in the resulting solution via pipeting.
  • the mRNA solution is collected after centrifuging for 1 min at 14,000-18,000 ⁇ g.
  • RNA is isolated using the Stratagene Poly(A) Quik mRNA Isolation Kit (Startagene, La Jolla, Calif.).
  • RNA up to 0.5 mg of total RNA (maximum volume of 1 ml) are incubated at 65° C. for 5 minutes, snap cooled on ice and 0.1 ⁇ volumes of 10 ⁇ sample buffer (10 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 1 mM EDTA (pH 8.0) 5 M NaCl) added.
  • the RNA sample is applied to a prepared push column and passed through the column at a rate of ⁇ 1 drop every 2 sec.
  • the solution collected is reapplied to the column and collected as above.
  • 200 ⁇ l of high salt buffer (10 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 1 mM EDTA, 0.5 NaCl) are applied to the column and passed through the column at a rate of ⁇ 1 drop every 2 sec. This step is repeated and followed by three low salt buffer (10 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 1 mM EDTA, 0.1 M NaCl) washes preformed in a similar manner.
  • mRNA is eluted by applying to the column four separate 200 ⁇ l aliquots of elution buffer (10 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 1 mM EDTA) preheated to 65° C.
  • the elution buffer is passed through the column at a rate of 1 drop/sec.
  • the resulting mRNA solution is precipitated by adding 0.1 ⁇ volumes of 10 ⁇ sample buffer, 2,5 volumes of ice-cold 100% ethanol, incubating overnight at ⁇ 20° C. and centrifuging at 14,000-18,000 ⁇ g for 20-30 min at 4° C. The pellet is washed with 70% ethanol and air dried for 10 min. at room temperature before resuspension in RNase-free deionized water.
  • Plasmid DNA is isolated from the following yeast clones using Qiagen filtered maxiprep kits (Qiagen, Valencia, Calif.): YAL022c(Fun26), YAL031c(Fun21), YBR032w, YDL131w, YDL182w, YDL194w, YDL196w, YDR050c and YDR116c.
  • Plasmid DNA is linearized with either BsrBI (YAL022c(Fun26), YAL031c(Fun21), YDL131w, YDL182w, YDL194w, YDL196w, YDR050c) or AflIII (YBR032w, YDR116c) and isolated.
  • BsrBI YAL022c(Fun26), YAL031c(Fun21), YDL131w, YDL182w, YDL194w, YDL196w, YDR050c
  • AflIII YBR032w, YDR116c
  • the solution is extracted with phenol/chloroform once before adding 0.1 volume 3M sodium acetate and 2.5 volumes of 100% ethanol.
  • the solution is centrifuged at 15,000 rpm, 4° C. for 20 minutes and the pellet resuspended in RNase-free deionized water.
  • the DNase I treatment is carried out at 37° C. for 30 minutes using 2 U of Ampli DNase I in the following reaction condition: 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 10 mM MgCl 2 .
  • the DNase I reaction is then stopped with the addition of NH 4 OAC and phenol:chloroform:isoamyl alcohol (25:24:1), and RNA isolated as described above.
  • Hybridization probes are generated from isolated mRNA using an AtlasTM Glass Fluorescent Labeling Kit (Clontech Laboratories, Inc., Palo Alto, Calif., USA). This entails a two step labeling procedure that first incorporates primary aliphatic amino groups during cDNA synthesis and then couples fluorescent dye to the cDNA by reaction with the amino functional groups.
  • oligo(dT) 18 primer d(TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTV) is mixed with Poly A+ mRNA (1.5-2 ⁇ g mRNA isolated using the Qiagen Oligotex mRNA Spin-Column protocol or-the Stratagene Poly(A) Quik mRNA Isolation protocol (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif., USA)) in a total volume of 25 ⁇ l.
  • the sample is incubated in a thermocycler at 70° C. for 5 min, cooled to 48° C.
  • the solution is vortexed for 1 min after the addition of 0.5 ⁇ l 0.5 M EDTA and 5 ⁇ l of QuickClean Resin (kit supplied) then centrifuged at 14,000-18,000 ⁇ g for 1 min. After removing the supernatant to a 0.45 ⁇ m spin filter (kit supplied), the sample is again centrifuged at 14,000-18,000 ⁇ g for 1 min, and 5.5 ⁇ l 3 M sodium acetate and 137.5 ⁇ l of 100% ethanol added to the sample before incubating at ⁇ 20° C. for at least 1 hr. The sample is then centrifuged at 14,000-18,000 ⁇ g at 4° C.
  • the fluorescently labeled first strand cDNA is precipitated by adding 2 ⁇ l 3M sodium acetate and 50 ⁇ l 100% ethanol, incubated at ⁇ 20° C. for at least 2 hrs, centrifuged at 14,000-18,000 ⁇ g for 20 min, washed with 70% ethanol, air-dried for 10 min and dissolved in 100 ⁇ l of water.
  • 3-4 ⁇ g mRNA, 2.5 ( ⁇ 8.9 ng of in vitro translated mRNA) ⁇ l yeast control and 3 ⁇ g oligo dTV (TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT(A/C/G) are mixed in a total volume of 24.7 ⁇ l.
  • the sample is incubated in a thermocycler at 70° C. for 10 min. before chilling on ice.
  • 8 ⁇ l of 5 ⁇ first strand buffer SuperScript II RNase H - Reverse Transcriptase kit from Invitrogen (Carlsbad, Calif. 92008); cat no. 18064022), 0.8° C.
  • aa-dUTP/dNTP mix 50 ⁇ ; 25 mM dATP, 25 mM dGTP, 25 mM dCTP, 15 mM dTTP, 10 mM aminoallyl-dUTP
  • 4 ⁇ l of 0.1 M DTT and 2.5 ⁇ l (500 units) of Superscript R.T.II enzyme (Stratagene) are added.
  • the sample is incubated at 42° C. for 2 hours before a mixture of 10° C. of 1M NaOH and 10° C. of 0.5 M EDTA are added. After a 15 minute incubation at 65° C., 25 ⁇ l of 1 M Tris pH 7.4 is added.
  • the probe is purified using a Qiagen PCR cleanup kit (Qiagen, Valencia, Calif., USA), and eluted with 100 ul EB (kit provided).
  • Qiagen Valencia, Calif., USA
  • the sample is loaded on a Microcon YM-30 (Millipore, Bedford, Mass., USA) spin column and concentrated to 4-5 ul in volume.
  • Probes for maize microarrays are generated using the Fluorescent Linear Amplification Kit (cat. No. G2556A) from Agilent Technologies (Palo Alto, Calif.).
  • Labeled probe is heated at 95° C. for 3 min and chilled on ice. Then 25 ⁇ L of the hybridization buffer which is warmed at 42 C is added to the probe, mixing by pipeting, to give a final concentration of:
  • the probe is kept at 42 C. Prior to the hybridization, the probe is heated for 1 more min., added to the array, and then covered with a glass cover slip. Slides are placed in hybridization chambers (Telechem, Sunnyvale, Calif.) and incubated at 42° C. overnight.
  • Maize microarrays are hybridized according to the instructions included Fluorescent Linear Amplification Kit (cat. No. G2556A) from Agilent Technologies (Palo Alto, Calif.).
  • the chips are scanned using a ScanArray 3000 or 5000 (General Scanning, Watertown, Mass., USA).
  • the chips are scanned at 543 and 633 nm, at 10 um resolution to measure the intensity of the two fluorescent dyes incorporated into the samples hybridized to the chips.
  • the images generated by scanning slides consiste of two 16-bit TIFF images representing the fluorescent emissions of the two samples at each arrayed spot. These images are then quantified and processed for expression analysis using the data extraction software ImageneTM (Biodiscovery, Los Angeles, Calif., USA). Imagene output is subsequently analyzed using the analysis program GenespringTM (Silicon Genetics, San Carlos, Calif., USA). In Genespring, the data is imported using median pixel intensity measurements derived from Imagene output. Background subtraction, ratio calculation and normalization are all conducted in Genespring. Normalization is achieved by breaking the data in to 32 groups, each of which represented one of the 32 pin printing regions on the microarray. Groups consist of 360 to 550 spots. Each group is independently normalized by setting the median of ratios to one and multiplying ratios by the appropriate factor.
  • the MA Table presents the results of the differential expression experiments for the mRNAs, as reported by their corresponding cDNA ID number, that are differentially transcribed under a particular set of conditions as compared to a control sample.
  • the cDNA ID numbers correspond to those used in the Sequence and Reference Tables. Increases in mRNA abundance levels in experimental plants versus the controls are denoted with the plus sign (+). Likewise, reductions in mRNA abundance levels in the experimental plants are denoted with the minus ( ⁇ ) sign.
  • the Table is organized according to the clone number with each set of experimental conditions being denoted by a “short name” followed by the term “Expt Rep ID.”
  • the table also provides the parameters for the experimental treatment associated with each “Expt Rep ID.”

Abstract

Isolated polynucleotides and polypeptides encoded thereby are described, together with the use of those products for making transgenic plants.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This Nonprovisional application claims priority under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) on U.S. Provisional Application No(s). 60/615,081 filed on September 30, 2004, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
  • This application contains a CDR, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. The CDR contains the following files:
    File Name Create Date File Size
    Table 1 - Sequences.doc 09/29/2004 606 KB
    Table 2 - References.doc 09/29/2004 574 KB
    Table 3 - Microarry.doc 09/29/2004 467 KB
    Table 4 - Ortholog Report.doc 09/29/2004 224 KB
    Table 5 - Utility Discovery.doc 09/30/2004  27 KB
  • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to isolated polynucleotides, polypeptides encoded thereby, and the use of those products for making transgenic plants with improved nitrogen use efficiency.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Nitrogen is often the rate-limiting element in plant growth, and all field crops have a fundamental dependence on exogenous nitrogen sources. Nitrogenous fertilizer, which is usually supplied as ammonium nitrate, potassium nitrate, or urea, typically accounts for 40% of the costs associated with crops, such as corn and wheat in intensive agriculture. Increased efficiency of nitrogen use by plants should enable the production of higher yields with existing fertilizer inputs and/or enable existing yields of crops to be obtained with lower fertilizer input, or better yields on soils of poorer quality. Also, higher amounts of proteins in the crops could also be produced more cost-effectively.
  • Plants have a number of means to cope with nutrient deficiencies, such as poor nitrogen availability. They constantly sense nitrogen availability in the soil and respond accordingly by modulating gene expression. Although more is being discovered about nitrogen and the components involved in regulating its uptake and utilization, much is still unknown about many of these complex interactions. For this reason, it is interesting when a gene of known or unknown function is shown to have a nitrogen response, as it opens up new possibilities and insights into nitrogen utilization and nitrogen use efficiency in a competitive environment (i.e. low and/or high nitrogen).
  • A competitive environment can be simulated by using a nitrogen (N) assimilation inhibitor and provides a useful screen to identify genes that have better nitrogen use efficiency (NUE). The ensuing selection provides a clear-cut screen for N genes by eliminating the subjective nature of experiments that rely on limiting N and identifying plants with slight increases in size and greenness.
  • Nitrogen assimilation inhibitor screens are based on the fact that under normal conditions ammonium is converted into glutamine by glutamine synthetase (FIG. 1). When N pools accumulate, ammonium uptake is turned off by feedback regulation. But an inhibitor of glutamine synthetase, such as methionine sulfoximine (MSX), blocks the conversion of ammonium to glutamine and affects the biosynthesis of major nitrogen containing compounds such as amino acids, nucleotides, chlorophylls, polyamines, and alkaloids (FIG. 1). Thus, growing plants in the presence of a N assimilation inhibitor allows identification of plants that are mis-expressing a gene(s) and as a consequence have improved NUE, independent of the available N in the soil. Such “mis-expressers” are identified by an increase in greenness and longer roots as compared to wild-type.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention, therefore, relates to isolated polynucleotides, polypeptides encoded thereby, and the use of those products for making transgenic plants with improved NUE.
  • The present invention also relates to processes for increasing the growth potential in plants due to NUE, recombinant nucleic acid molecules and polypeptides used for these processes and their uses, as well as to plants with an increased growth potential due to improved NUE.
  • In the field of agriculture and forestry efforts are constantly being made to produce plants with an increased growth potential in order to feed the ever-increasing world population and to guarantee the supply of reproducible raw materials. This is done conventionally through plant breeding. The breeding process is, however, both time-consuming and labor-intensive. Furthermore, appropriate breeding programs must be performed for each relevant plant species.
  • Progress has been made in part by the genetic manipulation of plants; that is by introducing and expressing recombinant nucleic acid molecules in plants. Such approaches have the advantage of not usually being limited to one plant species, but instead being transferable among plant species. For example, EP-A 0 511 979 describes the expression of a prokaryotic asparagine synthetase gene in plant cells that leads to increased biomass production. Likewise, WO 96/21737 describes plants with increased yield (growth potential) arising from an increase in the photosynthesis rate and the expression of deregulated or unregulated fructose-1,6-bisphosphatase. Nevertheless, there still is a need for generally applicable processes that improve forest or agricultural plant growth potential. Therefore, the present invention relates to a process for increasing the growth potential in plants, characterized by expression of recombinant DNA molecules stably integrated into the plant genome.
  • It was surprisingly found that the expression of the proteins according to the invention specifically leads to an increase in growth potential.
  • The term “increase in growth potential” preferably relates to continued growth under low nitrogen with or without high abscissic acid, better soil recovery after exposure to low nitrogen-high abscissic acid and increased tolerance to varing nitrogen conditions. Such an increase in growth potential preferably results from an increase in NUE.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE INDIVIDUAL TABLES
  • 1. Sequence Table (Table 1)
  • The Sequence Table sets forth the specific polynucleotide and polypeptide sequence of the invention. Each sequence is provided a number that directly follows a “>” symbol, and the description of the sequence directly follows on the next line in the Table. It will be noted that a polynuceotide sequence is directly followed by the encoded.
  • 2. Reference Table (Table 2)
  • The Reference Table refers to a number of “Maximum Length Sequences” or “MLS.” Each MLS corresponds to the longest cDNA obtained, either by cloning or by the prediction from genomic sequence. The sequence of the MLS is the cDNA sequence as described in the Av subsection of the Reference Table.
  • The Reference Table includes the following information relating to each MLS:
  • I. cDNA Sequence
      • A. 5′ UTR
      • B. Coding Sequence
      • C. 3′ UTR
  • II. Genomic Sequence
      • A. Exons
      • B. Introns
      • C. Promoters
  • III. Link of cDNA Sequences to Clone IDs
  • IV. Multiple Transcription Start Sites
  • V. Polypeptide Sequences
      • A. Signal Peptide
      • B. Domains
      • C. Related Polypeptides
  • VI. Related Polynucleotide Sequences
  • I. cDNA Sequence
  • The Reference Table indicates which sequence in the Sequence Table represents the sequence of each MLS. The MLS sequence can comprise 5′ and 3′ UTR as well as coding sequences. In addition, specific cDNA clone numbers also are included in the Reference Table when the MLS sequence relates to a specific cDNA clone.
  • A. 5′ UTR
  • The location of the 5′ UTR can be determined by comparing the most 5′ MLS sequence with the corresponding genomic sequence as indicated in the Reference Table. The sequence that matches, beginning at any of the transcriptional start sites and ending at the last nucleotide before any of the translational start sites corresponds to the 5′ UTR.
  • B. Coding Region
  • The coding region is the sequence in any open reading frame found in the MLS. Coding regions of interest are indicated in the PolyP SEQ subsection of the Reference Table.
  • C. 3′ UTR
  • The location of the 3′ UTR can be determined by comparing the most 3′ MLS sequence with the corresponding genomic sequence as indicated in the Reference Table. The sequence that matches, beginning at the translational stop site and ending at the last nucleotide of the MLS corresponds to the 3′ UTR.
  • II. Genomic Sequence
  • Further, the Reference Table indicates the specific “gi” number of the genomic sequence if the sequence resides in a public databank. For each genomic sequence, Reference tables indicate which regions are included in the MLS. These regions can include the 5′ and 3′ UTRs as well as the coding sequence of the MLS. See, for example, the scheme below:
    Figure US20060134786A1-20060622-C00001
  • The Reference Table reports the first and last base of each region that is included in an MLS sequence. An example is shown below:
  • gi No. 47000:
  • 37102 . . . 37497
  • 37593 . . . 37925
  • The numbers indicate that the MLS contains the following sequences from two regions of gi No. 47000; a first region including bases 37102-37497, and a second region including bases 37593-37925.
  • A. Exon Sequences
  • The location of the exons can be determined by comparing the sequence of the regions from the genomic sequences with the corresponding MLS sequence as indicated by the Reference Table.
  • i. Initial Exon
  • To determine the location of the initial exon, information from the
  • (1) polypeptide sequence section;
  • (2) cDNA polynucleotide section; and
  • (3) the genomic sequence section
  • of the Reference Table is used. First, the polypeptide section indicates where the translational start site is located in the MLS sequence. The MLS sequence can be matched to the genomic sequence that corresponds to the MLS. Based on the match between the MLS and corresponding genomic sequences, the location of the translational start site can be determined in one of the regions of the genomic sequence. The location of this translational start site is the start of the first exon.
  • Generally, the last base of the exon of the corresponding genomic region, in which the translational start site is located, will represent the end of the initial exon. In some cases, the initial exon ends with a stop codon, when the initial exon is the only exon.
  • In the case when sequences representing the MLS are in the positive strand of the corresponding genomic sequence, the last base will be a larger number than the first base. When the sequences representing the MLS are in the negative strand of the corresponding genomic sequence, then the last base will be a smaller number than the first base.
  • ii. Internal Exons
  • Except for the regions that comprise the 5′ and 3′ UTRs, initial exon, and terminal exon, the remaining genomic regions that match the MLS sequence are the internal exons. Specifically, the bases defining the boundaries of the remaining regions also define the intron/exon junctions of the internal exons.
  • iii. Terminal Exon
  • As with the initial exon, the location of the terminal exon is determined with information from the
  • (1) polypeptide sequence section;
  • (2) cDNA polynucleotide section; and
  • (3) the genomic sequence section
  • of the Reference Table. The polypeptide section will indicate where the stop codon is located in the MLS sequence. The MLS sequence can be matched to the corresponding genomic sequence. Based on the match between MLS and corresponding genomic sequences, the location of the stop codon can be determined in one of the regions of the genomic sequence. The location of this stop codon is the end of the terminal exon. Generally, the first base of the exon of the corresponding genomic region that matches the cDNA sequence, in which the stop codon is located, will represent the beginning of the terminal exon. In some cases, the translational start site represents the start of the terminal exon, which is the only exon.
  • In the case when the MLS sequences are in the positive strand of the corresponding genomic sequence, the last base will be a larger number than the first base. When the MLS sequences are in the negative strand of the corresponding genomic sequence, then the last base will be a smaller number than the first base.
  • B. Intron Sequences
  • In addition, the introns corresponding to the MLS are defined by identifying the genomic sequence located between the regions where the genomic sequence comprises exons. Thus, introns are defined as starting one base downstream of a genomic region comprising an exon, and end one base upstream from a genomic region comprising an exon.
  • C. Promoter Sequences
  • As indicated below, promoter sequences corresponding to the MLS are defined as sequences upstream of the first exon; more usually, as sequences upstream of the first of multiple transcription start sites; even more usually as sequences about 2,000 nucleotides upstream of the first of multiple transcription start sites.
  • III. Link of cDNA Sequences to Clone IDs
  • As noted above, the Reference Table identifies the cDNA clone(s) that relate to each MLS. The MLS sequence can be longer than the sequences included in the cDNA clones. In such a case, the Reference Table indicates the region of the MLS that is included in the clone. If either the 5′ or 3′ termini of the cDNA clone sequence is the same as the MLS sequence, no mention will be made.
  • IV. Multiple Transcription Start Sites
  • Initiation of transcription can occur at a number of sites of the gene. The Reference Table indicates the possible multiple transcription sites for each gene. In the Reference Table, the location of the transcription start sites can be either a positive or negative number.
  • The positions indicated by positive numbers refer to the transcription start sites as located in the MLS sequence. The negative numbers indicate the transcription start site within the genomic sequence that corresponds to the MLS.
  • To determine the location of the transcription start sites with the negative numbers, the MLS sequence is aligned with the corresponding genomic sequence. In the instances when a public genomic sequence is referenced, the relevant corresponding genomic sequence can be found by direct reference to the nucleotide sequence indicated by the “gi” number shown in the public genomic DNA section of the Reference Table. When the position is a negative number, the transcription start site is located in the corresponding genomic sequence upstream of the base that matches the beginning of the MLS sequence in the alignment. The negative number is relative to the first base of the MLS sequence that matches the genomic sequence corresponding to the relevant “gi” number.
  • In the instances when no public genomic DNA is referenced, the relevant nucleotide sequence for alignment is the nucleotide sequence associated with the amino acid sequence designated by “gi” number of the later PolyP SEQ subsection.
  • V. Polypeptide Sequences
  • The PolyP SEQ subsection lists SEQ ID NOs and Ceres SEQ ID NO for polypeptide sequences corresponding to the coding sequence of the MLS sequence and the location of the translational start site with the coding sequence of the MLS sequence.
  • The MLS sequence can have multiple translational start sites and can be capable of producing more than one polypeptide sequence.
  • A. Signal Peptide
  • The Reference tables also indicate in subsection (B) the cleavage site of the putative signal peptide of the polypeptide corresponding to the coding sequence of the MLS sequence. Typically, signal peptide coding sequences comprise a sequence encoding the first residue of the polypeptide to the cleavage site residue.
  • B. Domains
  • Subsection (C) provides information regarding identified domains (where present) within the polypeptide and (where present) a name for the polypeptide domain.
  • C. Related Polypeptides
  • Subsection (Dp) provides (where present) information concerning amino acid sequences that are found to be related and have some percentage of sequence identity to the polypeptide sequences of the Reference and Sequence Tables. Each of these related sequences is identified by a “gi” number.
  • VI. Related Polynucleotide Sequences
  • Subsection (Dn) provides polynucleotide sequences (where present) that are related to and have some percentage of sequence identity to the MLS or corresponding genomic sequence.
    Abbreviation Description
    Max Len. Seq. Maximum Length Sequence
    rel to Related to
    Clone Ids Clone ID numbers
    Pub gDNA Public Genomic DNA
    gi No. gi number
    Gen. Seq. in Cdna Genomic Sequence in cDNA
    (Each region for a single gene prediction is
    listed on a separate line.
    In the case of multiple gene predictions, the
    group of regions relating to a single prediction
    are separated by a blank line)
    (Ac) cDNA SEQ cDNA sequence
    Pat. Appln. SEQ Patent Application SEQ ID NO:
    ID NO
    Ceres SEQ ID Ceres SEQ ID NO:
    NO: 1673877
    SEQ # w. TSS Location within the cDNA sequence, SEQ ID
    NO:, of Transcription Start Sites which are
    listed below
    Clone ID #: # −> # Clone ID comprises bases # to # of the cDNA
    Sequence
    PolyP SEQ Polypeptide Sequence
    Pat. Appln. SEQ Patent Application SEQ ID NO:
    ID NO:
    Ceres SEQ ID NO Ceres SEQ ID NO:
    Loc. SEQ ID Location of translational start site in cDNA of
    NO: @ nt. SEQ ID NO: at nucleotide number
    (C) Pred. PP Nomination and Annotation of Domains within
    Nom. & Annot. Predicted Polypeptide(s)
    (Title) Name of Domain
    Loc. SEQ ID NO Location of the domain within the polypeptide
    #: # −> # aa. of SEQ ID NO: from # to # amino acid
    residues.
    (Dp) Rel. AA SEQ Related Amino Acid Sequences
    Align. NO Alignment number
    gi No Gi number
    Desp. Description
    % Idnt. Percent identity
    Align. Len. Alignment Length
    Loc. SEQ ID NO: Location within SEQ ID NO: from # to #
    # −> # aa amino acid residue.

    3. MA_Table (Table 3)
  • The MA Table presents the results of the differential expression experiments for the mRNAs, as reported by their corresponding cDNA ID number, that were differentially transcribed under a particular set of conditions as compared to a control sample. The cDNA ID numbers correspond to those utilized in the Reference and Sequence Tables. Increases in mRNA abundance levels in experimental plants versus the controls are denoted with the plus sign (+). Likewise, reductions in mRNA abundance levels in the experimental plants are denoted with the minus (−) sign.
  • The “cDNA_ID” provides the identifier number for the cDNA tracked in the experiment. The column headed “SHORT_NAME” (e.g. At0.001%_MeJA_cDNA_P) provides a short description of the experimental conditions used. The column headed “EXPT_REP_ID” provides an identifier number for the particular experiment conducted. The values in the column headed “Differential” indicate whether expression of the cDNA was increased (+) or decreased (−) compared to the control.
  • The data following the expression results provides the experimental parameters used in conducting the microarray experiment. Again, the “SHORT_NAME” identifies the experiment (e.g. At0.001%_MeJA_cDNA_P). The first column, “EXPT_REP_ID,” indicates the individual experiment. (e.g. 108569). The second column, “PARAM_NAME,” identifies the parameter used(e.g. Timepoint (hr)), while the third column, “VALUE” provides the descriptor for the particular parameter (e.g. “6”). As an example, when read together one understands that the “Methyl Jasmonate” section of the Specification provides information pertinent to the 0.001% MeJA (methyl jasmonate) experiment 108569, which contains data taken from a 6 hr Timepoint.
  • 4. Ortholog Report (Table 4)
  • This table contains three types of sequence information. First, it identifies protein sequences that have similar activities to the sequence of the “query” protein. The query sequence is identified by the cDNA_ID, a taxon ID and the organism from which it originated.
  • The sequences that follow are orthologous to the query sequence. These sequences, denoted as “Hit,” are identified either by the Ceres clone ID, the Ceres cDNA ID or a “gi” number. When possible, a nucleotide sequence that encodes the protein is included. Note that a particular protein can be identified by more than one “gi” number. In these cases, only one nucleotide sequence corresponding to one of the “gi” numbers in included. Other nucleotide sequences corresponding to the remaining “gi” number(s) can be found on the internet at the NCBI website.
  • The second type of information presented is a consensus sequence derived from the ortholog sequences previously listed. This consensus sequence indicates which amino acid(s) appear at each position. The following Legend applies:
      • “t” refers to tiny amino acids, which are specifically alanine, glycine, serine and threonine.
      • “p”refers to polar amino acids, which are specifically, asparagine and glutamine
      • “n” refers to negatively charged amino acids, which are specifically, aspartic acid and glutamic acid
      • “+” refers to positively charged residues, which are specifically, lysine, arginine, and histidine
      • “r” refers to aromatic residues, which are specifically, phenylalanine, tyrosine, and tryptophan,
      • “a” refers to aliphatic residues, which are specifically, isoleucine, valine, leucine, and methonine
      • “<>” refers to an insertion of residues of any identity, the number of which is specified within the brackets
  • The third type of information presented is in the form of a matrix. This matrix indicates the specific amino acid(s) found at each residue position when the ortholog sequences are aligned in a multiple alignment. Each row of the matrix contains 60 positions (e.g. 1-60, 61-120, etc.) In order to accommodate legible font, the values of each row wrap such that positions 1-60, for example, appear on lines 1-7 in this section of the table even though they represent a single row. The first row of each matrix indicates the residue position in the consensus sequence. The matrix reports the number of occurrences of all the amino acids that were found in the group members for every residue position of the signature sequence in the next row. For each residue position the matrix also indicates how many different organisms were found to have a polypeptide in the group that included a residue at the relevant position indicates for each residue position (third row). Note that this number can be greater than the number of different organisms due to sequence differences found in mutants, etc. The last row of the matrix indicates all the amino acids that were found at each position of the consensus.
  • 5. Utility Discovery (Table 5)
  • The Utility Discovery Table presents the results of experiments wherein plants are grown from tissues transformed with a marker gene-containing insert and phenotypes are ascertained from the transformed plants. Each section of the Table relating to information on a new transformant begins with a heading “Utility discovery for cDNA_id:” followed by a number which represents the Ceres internal code for a proprietary cDNA sequence. The transformant described is prepared by procedures described herein and the marker gene-containing insert interrupts the Ceres proprietary cDNA_id (corresponding to the cDNA_id in the Reference and Sequence Tables) identified. The following information is presented for each section.
      • Construct Name—represents an internal identification code.
      • Event ID—presents the recombinant plant number of the Ceres proprietary plant that exhibits the phenotype
      • Assay—presents the type of growth analyzed (e.g. soil gross morphology), followed by the assay name which corresponds to the type/location of the tissue that was obsereved, the name of the assay conducted for which the result provided the identified phenotype.
      • Tissue—identifies the tissue observed
      • Phenotype ID—represents an internal identification code.
      • Phenotype—describes the phenotype noted for the FI generation transformant.
      • Notes—provide additional information on the described phenotype for the transformant.
  • Each entry in the Utility Discovery report represents a transformant with an interruption in the identified cDNA_id, which may be correlated with more than one identified phenotype.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION 1. DEFINITIONS
  • The following terms are utilized throughout this application:
  • Allelic variant: An “allelic variant” is an alternative form of the same SDF, which resides at the same chromosomal locus in the organism. Allelic variations can occur in any portion of the gene sequence, including regulatory regions. Allelic variants can arise by normal genetic variation in a population. Allelic variants can also be produced by genetic engineering methods. An allelic variant can be one that is found in a naturally occurring plant, including a cultivar or ecotype. An allelic variant may or may not give rise to a phenotypic change, and may or may not be expressed. An allele can result in a detectable change in the phenotype of the trait represented by the locus. A phenotypically silent allele can give rise to a product.
  • Chimeric: The term “chimeric” is used to describe genes, as defined supra, or contructs wherein at least two of the elements of the gene or construct, such as the promoter and the coding sequence and/or other regulatory sequences and/or filler sequences and/or complements thereof, are heterologous to each other.
  • Constitutive Promoter: Promoters referred to herein as “constitutive promoters” actively promote transcription under most, but not necessarily all, environmental conditions and states of development or cell differentiation. Examples of constitutive promoters include the cauliflower mosaic virus (CaMV) 35S transcript initiation region and the 1′ or 2′ promoter derived from T-DNA of Agrobacterium tumefaciens, and other transcription initiation regions from various plant genes, such as the maize ubiquitin-1 promoter, known to those of skill.
  • Coordinately Expressed: The term “coordinately expressed,” as used in the current invention, refers to genes that are expressed at the same or a similar time and/or stage and/or under the same or similar environmental conditions.
  • Domain: Domains are fingerprints or signatures that can be used to characterize protein families and/or parts of proteins. Such fingerprints or signatures can comprise conserved (1) primary sequence, (2) secondary structure, and/or (3) three-dimensional conformation. Generally, each domain has been associated with either a family of proteins or motifs. Typically, these families and/or motifs have been correlated with specific in-vitro and/or in-vivo activities. A domain can be any length, including the entirety of the sequence of a protein. Detailed descriptions of the domains, associated families and motifs, and correlated activities of the polypeptides of the instant invention are described below. Usually, the polypeptides with designated domain(s) can exhibit at least one activity that is exhibited by any polypeptide that comprises the same domain(s).
  • Endogenous: The term “endogenous,” within the context of the current invention refers to any polynucleotide, polypeptide or protein sequence which is a natural part of a cell or organisms regenerated from said cell.
  • Exogenous: “Exogenous,” as referred to within, is any polynucleotide, polypeptide or protein sequence, whether chimeric or not, that is initially or subsequently introduced into the genome of an individual host cell or the organism regenerated from said host cell by any means other than by a sexual cross. Examples of means by which this can be accomplished are described below, and include Agrobacterium-mediated transformation (of dicots—e.g. Salomon et al. EMBO J. 3:141 (1984); Herrera-Estrella et al. EMBO J. 2:987 (1983); of monocots, representative papers are those by Escudero et al., Plant J. 10:355 (1996), Ishida et al., Nature Biotechnology 14:745 (1996), May et al., Bio/Technology 13:486 (1995)), biolistic methods (Armaleo et al., Current Genetics 17:97 1990)), electroporation, in planta techniques, and the like. Such a plant containing the exogenous nucleic acid is referred to here as a T0 for the primary transgenic plant and T1 for the first generation. The term “exogenous” as used herein is also intended to encompass inserting a naturally found element into a non-naturally found location.
  • Gene: The term “gene,” as used in the context of the current invention, encompasses all regulatory and coding sequence contiguously associated with a single hereditary unit with a genetic function. Genes can include non-coding sequences that modulate the genetic function that include, but are not limited to, those that specify polyadenylation, transcriptional regulation, DNA conformation, chromatin conformation, extent and position of base methylation and binding sites of proteins that control all of these. Genes comprised of “exons” (coding sequences), which may be interrupted by “introns” (non-coding sequences), encode proteins. A gene's genetic function may require only RNA expression or protein production, or may only require binding of proteins and/or nucleic acids without associated expression. In certain cases, genes adjacent to one another may share sequence in such a way that one gene will overlap the other. A gene can be found within the genome of an organism, artificial chromosome, plasmid, vector, etc., or as a separate isolated entity.
  • Heterologous sequences: “Heterologous sequences” are those that are not operatively linked or are not contiguous to each other in nature. For example, a promoter from corn is considered heterologous to an Arabidopsis coding region sequence. Also, a promoter from a gene encoding a growth factor from corn is considered heterologous to a sequence encoding the corn receptor for the growth factor. Regulatory element sequences, such as UTRs or 3′ end termination sequences that do not originate in nature from the same gene as the coding sequence originates from, are considered heterologous to said coding sequence. Elements operatively linked in nature and contiguous to each other are not heterologous to each other. On the other hand, these same elements remain operatively linked but become heterologous if other filler sequence is placed between them. Thus, the promoter and coding sequences of a corn gene expressing an amino acid transporter are not heterologous to each other, but the promoter and coding sequence of a corn gene operatively linked in a novel manner are heterologous.
  • High Nitrogen Conditions: This phrase refers to a total nitrogen concentration of 240 mM (e.g. KNO3 and NH4NO3 combined).
  • Homologous gene: In the current invention, “homologous gene” refers to a gene that shares sequence similarity with the gene of interest. This similarity may be in only a fragment of the sequence and often represents a functional domain such as, examples including without limitation a DNA binding domain, a domain with tyrosine kinase activity, or the like. The functional activities of homologous genes are not necessarily the same.
  • Inducible Promoter: An “inducible promoter” in the context of the current invention refers to a promoter which is regulated under certain conditions, such as light, chemical concentration, protein concentration, conditions in an organism, cell, or organelle, etc. A typical example of an inducible promoter, which can be utilized with the polynucleotides of the present invention, is PARSK1, the promoter from the Arabidopsis gene encoding a serine-threonine kinase enzyme, and which promoter is induced by dehydration, abscissic acid and sodium chloride (Wang and Goodman, Plant J. 8:37 (1995)). Examples of environmental conditions that may affect transcription by inducible promoters include anaerobic conditions, elevated temperature, or the presence of light.
  • Low Nitrogen Conditions: The phrase “low nitrogen conditions” refers to either a concentration of 100 μM KNO3 or 100-300 μM total nitrogen (e.g. KNO3 and NH4NO3 combined).
  • Masterpool: The term “masterpool” as used in these experiments is a pool of seeds from five different plants. Each of these plants has been transformed with the same promoter/cDNA combination. An equal number o0f seeds from each plant is used to make up the pool.
  • Misexpression: The term “misexpression” refers to an increase or a decrease in the transcription of a coding region into a complementary RNA sequence as compared to the wild-type. This term also encompasses expression of a gene or coding region for a different time period as compared to the wild-type and/or from a non-natural location within the plant genome.
  • Nitrogen Assimilation Inhibitor: The term “nitrogen assimilation inhibitor” refers to a compound, polypeptide or protein that interferes with the conversion of ammonium to usable nitrogen (e.g. glutamine) or the feedback inhibition pathway that results in cessation of nitrogen uptake when nitrogen pools accumulate. Examples of nitrogen assimilation inhibitors are Methionine sulfoximine (MSX; blocks conversion of ammonium to glutamine), Azaserine (a glutamine amidotransferase inhibitor) and Albizzin (a glutamase inhibitor).
  • Normal Nitrogen Conditiions: This phrase refers to the total nitrogen present in standard MSO media, 60 mM.
  • Orthologous Gene: In the current invention “orthologous gene” refers to a second gene that encodes a gene product that performs a similar function as the product of a first gene. The orthologous gene may also have a degree of sequence similarity to the first gene. The orthologous gene may encode a polypeptide that exhibits a degree of sequence similarity to a polypeptide corresponding to a first gene. The sequence similarity can be found within a functional domain or along the entire length of the coding sequence of the genes and/or their corresponding polypeptides.
  • Percentage of sequence identity: “Percentage of sequence identity,” as used herein, is determined by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over a comparison window, where the fragment of the polynucleotide or amino acid sequence in the comparison window may comprise additions or deletions (e.g., gaps or overhangs) as compared to the reference sequence (which does not comprise additions or deletions) for optimal alignment of the two sequences. The percentage is calculated by determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid base or amino acid residue occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the window of comparison and multiplying the result by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity. Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison may be conducted by the local homology algorithm of Smith and Waterman Add. APL. Math. 2:482 (1981), by the homology alignment algorithm of Needleman and Wunsch J. Mol. Biol. 48:443 (1970), by the search for similarity method of Pearson and Lipman Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci (USA) 85: 2444 (1988), by computerized implementations of these algorithms (GAP, BESTFIT, BLAST, PASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Software Package, Genetics Computer Group (GCG), 575 Science Dr., Madison, Wis.), or by inspection. Given that two sequences have been identified for comparison, GAP and BESTFIT are preferably employed to determine their optimal alignment. Typically, the default values of 5.00 for gap weight and 0.30 for gap weight length are used. The term “substantial sequence identity” between polynucleotide or polypeptide sequences refers to polynucleotide or polypeptide comprising a sequence that has at least 80% sequence identity, preferably at least 85%, more preferably at least 90% and most preferably at least 95%, even more preferably, at least 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% sequence identity compared to a reference sequence using the programs.
  • Plant Promoter: A “plant promoter” is a promoter capable of initiating transcription in plant cells and can drive or facilitate transcription of a fragment of the SDF of the instant invention or a coding sequence of the SDF of the instant invention. Such promoters need not be of plant origin. For example, promoters derived from plant viruses, such as the CaMV35S promoter or from Agrobacterium tumefaciens such as the T-DNA promoters, can be plant promoters. A typical example of a plant promoter of plant origin is the maize ubiquitin-1 (ubi-1)promoter known to those of skill.
  • Promoter: The term “promoter,” as used herein, refers to a region of sequence determinants located upstream from the start of transcription of a gene and which are involved in recognition and binding of RNA polymerase and other proteins to initiate and modulate transcription. A basal promoter is the minimal sequence necessary for assembly of a transcription complex required for transcription initiation. Basal promoters frequently include a “TATA box” element usually located between 15 and 35 nucleotides upstream from the site of initiation of transcription. Basal promoters also sometimes include a “CCAAT box” element (typically a sequence CCAAT) and/or a GGGCG sequence, usually located between 40 and 200 nucleotides, preferably 60 to 120 nucleotides, upstream from the start site of transcription.
  • Regulatory Sequence: The term “regulatory sequence,” as used in the current invention, refers to any nucleotide sequence that influences transcription or translation initiation and rate, and stability and/or mobility of the transcript or polypeptide product. Regulatory sequences include, but are not limited to, promoters, promoter control elements, protein binding sequences, 5′ and 3′ UTRs, transcriptional start site, termination sequence, polyadenylation sequence, introns, certain sequences within a coding sequence, etc.
  • Signal Peptide: A “signal peptide” as used in the current invention is an amino acid sequence that targets the protein for secretion, for transport to an intracellular compartment or organelle or for incorporation into a membrane. Signal peptides are indicated in the tables and a more detailed description located below.
  • Specific Promoter: In the context of the current invention, “specific promoters” refers to a subset of inducible promoters that have a high preference for being induced in a specific tissue or cell and/or at a specific time during development of an organism. By “high preference” is meant at least 3-fold, preferably 5-fold, more preferably at least 10-fold still more preferably at least 20-fold, 50-fold or 100-fold increase in transcription in the desired tissue over the transcription in any other tissue. Typical examples of temporal and/or tissue specific promoters of plant origin that can be used with the polynucleotides of the present invention, are: PTA29, a promoter which is capable of driving gene transcription specifically in tapetum and only during anther development (Koltonow et al., Plant Cell 2:1201 (1990); RCc2 and RCc3, promoters that direct root-specific gene transcription in rice (Xu et al., Plant Mol. Biol. 27:237 (1995); TobRB27, a root-specific promoter from tobacco (Yamamoto et al., Plant Cell 3:371 (1991)). Examples of tissue-specific promoters under developmental control include promoters that initiate transcription only in certain tissues or organs, such as root, ovule, fruit, seeds, or flowers. Other suitable promoters include those from genes encoding storage proteins or the lipid body membrane protein, oleosin. A few root-specific promoters are noted above.
  • Stringency: “Stringency” as used herein is a function of probe length, probe composition (G+C content), and salt concentration, organic solvent concentration, and temperature of hybridization or wash conditions. Stringency is typically compared by the parameter Tm, which is the temperature at which 50% of the complementary molecules in the hybridization are hybridized, in terms of a temperature differential from Tm. High stringency conditions are those providing a condition of Tm−5° C. to Tm−10° C. Medium or moderate stringency conditions are those providing Tm−20° C. to Tm−29° C. Low stringency conditions are those providing a condition of Tm−40° C. to Tm−48° C. The relationship of hybridization conditions to Tm (in ° C.) is expressed in the mathematical equation
    Tm=81.5−16.6(log10[Na+])+0.41(% G+C)−(600/N)   (1)
    where N is the length of the probe. This equation works well for probes 14 to 70 nucleotides in length that are identical to the target sequence. The equation below for Tm of DNA-DNA hybrids is useful for probes in the range of 50 to greater than 500 nucleotides, and for conditions that include an organic solvent (formamide).
    Tm=81.5+16.6 log {[Na+]/(1+0.7[Na+])}+0.41(% G+C)−500/L 0.63(% formamide)   (2)
    where L is the length of the probe in the hybrid. (P. Tijessen, “Hybridization with Nucleic Acid Probes” in Laboratory Techniques in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, P. C. vand der Vliet, ed., c. 1993 by Elsevier, Amsterdam.) The Tm of equation (2) is affected by the nature of the hybrid; for DNA-RNA hybrids Tm is 10-15° C. higher than calculated, for RNA-RNA hybrids Tm is 20-25° C. higher. Because the Tm decreases about 1° C. for each 1% decrease in homology when a long probe is used (Bonner et al., J. Mol. Biol. 81:123 (1973)), stringency conditions can be adjusted to favor detection of identical genes or related family members.
  • Equation (2) is derived assuming equilibrium and therefore, hybridizations according to the present invention are most preferably performed under conditions of probe excess and for sufficient time to achieve equilibrium. The time required to reach equilibrium can be shortened by inclusion of a hybridization accelerator such as dextran sulfate or another high volume polymer in the hybridization buffer.
  • Stringency can be controlled during the hybridization reaction or after hybridization has occurred by altering the salt and temperature conditions of the wash solutions used. The formulas shown above are equally valid when used to compute the stringency of a wash solution. Preferred wash solution stringencies lie within the ranges stated above; high stringency is 5-8° C. below Tm, medium or moderate stringency is 26-29° C. below Tm and low stringency is 45-48° C. below Tm.
  • Substantially free of: A composition containing A is “substantially free of ” B when at least 85% by weight of the total A+B in the composition is A. Preferably, A comprises at least about 90% by weight of the total of A+B in the composition, more preferably at least about 95% or even 99% by weight. For example, a plant gene or DNA sequence can be considered substantially free of other plant genes or DNA sequences.
  • Substantially free of: A composition containing A is “substantially free of ” B when at least 85% by weight of the total A+B in the composition is A. Preferably, A comprises at least about 90% by weight of the total of A+B in the composition, more preferably at least about 95% or even 99% by weight. For example, a plant gene or DNA sequence can be considered substantially free of other plant genes or DNA sequences.
  • T1: As used in the current application, the term T1 refers to the cell or plant that is the direct result of a transformation experiment
  • T2: As used in the current application, the term T2 refers to the progeny of the cell or plant that is the direct result of a transformation experiment.
  • T3: As used in the current application, the term T3 refers to second generation progeny of the cell or plant that is the direct result of a transformation experiment.
  • Translational start site: In the context of the current invention, a “translational start site” is usually an ATG in the cDNA transcript, more usually the first ATG. A single cDNA, however, may have multiple translational start sites.
  • Transcription start site: “Transcription start site” is used in the current invention to describe the point at which transcription is initiated. This point is typically located about 25 nucleotides downstream from a TFIID binding site, such as a TATA box. Transcription can initiate at one or more sites within the gene, and a single gene may have multiple transcriptional start sites, some of which may be specific for transcription in a particular cell-type or tissue.
  • Untranslated region (UTR): A “UTR” is any contiguous series of nucleotide bases that is transcribed, but is not translated. These untranslated regions may be associated with particular functions such as increasing mRNA message stability. Examples of UTRs include, but are not limited to polyadenylation signals, terminations sequences, sequences located between the transcriptional start site and the first exon (5′ UTR) and sequences located between the last exon and the end of the mRNA (3′ UTR).
  • Variant: The term “variant” is used herein to denote a polypeptide or protein or polynucleotide molecule that differs from others of its kind in some way. For example, polypeptide and protein variants can consist of changes in amino acid sequence and/or charge and/or post-translational modifications (such as glycosylation, etc).
  • Varying Nitrogen Conditions: In the context of the instant invention, the phrase “varying nitrogen conditions” refers to growth conditions where the concentration of available nitrogen is in flux. This phrase encompasses situations where the available nitrogen concentration is initially low, but increases to normal or high levels as well as situations where the initial available nitrogen concentration is high, but then falls to normal or low levels. Situations involving multiple changes in available nitrogen concentration, such as fluctuations from low to high to low levels, are also encompassed by this phrase. These available nitrogen concentration changes can occur in a gradual or punctuated manner.
  • Zero Nitrogen Conditions: This phrase refers to a total nitrogen concentration of 0 mM.
  • 2. IMPORTANT CHARACTERISTICS OF THE POLYNUCLEOTIDES OF THE INVENTION
  • The genes and polynucleotides of the present invention are of interest because when they are misexpressed (i.e. when expressed at a non-natural location or in an increased or decreased amount) they produce plants with modified NUE as discussed below and as evidenced by the results of differential expression and misexpression experiments. These traits can be used to exploit or maximize plant products. For example, the genes and polynucleotides of the present invention are used to increase the expression of nitrate and ammonium transporter gene products. These transporter gene products increase the uptake of nitrogen and transport of nitrogen from roots to shoots, which leads to an increase in the amount of nitrogen available for reduction to ammonia. As a consequence, such transgenic plants require less fertilizer, leading to reduced costs for the farmer and less nitrate pollution in ground water.
  • The nitrogen responsive nucleic acids of the invention also down-regulate genes that lead to feedback inhibition of nitrogen uptake and reduction. An example of such genes are those encoding the 14-3-3 proteins, which repress nitrate reductase (Swiedrych A et al., 2002, J Agric Food Chem 27;50(7):2137-41. Repression of the 14-3-3 gene affects the amino acid and mineral composition of potato tuber). Antisense expression of these in transgenic plants cause an increase in amino acid content and protein content in the seed and/or leaves. Such plants are especially useful for livestock feed. For example, an increase in amino acid and/or protein content in alfalfa provides an increase in forage quality and thus enhanced nutrition.
  • In addition, the polynucleotides of the invention may have some of the particular characteristics and uses described below.
  • Organ-Affecting Genes, Gene Components and Products (Including Differentiation and Function)
  • Root Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • The economic values of roots arise not only from harvested adventitious roots or tubers, but also from the ability of roots to funnel nutrients to support growth of all plants and increase their vegetative material, seeds, fruits, etc. Roots have four main functions. First, they anchor the plant in the soil. Second, they facilitate and regulate the molecular signals and molecular traffic between the plant, soil, and soil fauna. Third, the root provides a plant with nutrients gained from the soil or growth medium. Fourth, they condition local soil chemical and physical properties.
  • Root genes are active or potentially active to a greater extent in roots than in most other organs of the plant. These genes and gene products regulate many plant traits from yield to stress tolerance. Root genes are used to modulate root growth and development.
  • Root Hair Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Root hairs are specialized outgrowths of single epidermal cells termed trichoblasts. In many and perhaps all species of plants, the trichoblasts are regularly arranged around the perimeter of the root. In Arabidopsis, for example, trichoblasts tend to alternate with non-hair cells or atrichoblasts. This spatial patterning of the root epidermis is under genetic control, and a variety of mutants have been isolated in which this spacing is altered or in which root hairs are completely absent, such as the rhl mutant. Some surface cells of roots develop into single epidermal cells termed trichoblasts or root hairs. Some of the root hairs persist for the life of the plant; others gradually die back and some cease to function due to external influences.
  • Root hairs are also sites of intense chemical and biological activity and as a result strongly modify the soil they contact. Some roots hairs are coated with surfactants and/or mucilage to facilitate these activities. Specifically, roots hairs are responsible for nutrient uptake by mobilizing and assimilating water, reluctant ions, organic and inorganic compounds and chemicals. In addition, they attract and interact with beneficial microfauna and flora. Root hairs also help to mitigate the effects of toxic ions, pathogens and stress. Examples of root hair properties and activities that root hairs modulate include root hair surfactant and mucilage, nutrient uptake, microbe and nematode associations, oxygen transpiration; detoxification effects of iron, aluminum, cadium, mercury, salt, and other soil constituents, pathogens, glucosinolates, changes in soil and rhizosheath.
  • The root and root hairs uptake of the nutrients contributes to a source-sink effect in a plant. The greater the source of nutrients, the more sinks, such as stems, leaves, flowers, seeds, fruits, etc. can draw sustenance to grow. Thus, root hair genes modulate the vigor and yield of the plant overall, as well as of distinct cells, organs, or tissues of a plant.
  • Leaf Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Leaves are responsible for producing most of the fixed carbon in a plant and are critical to plant productivity and survival. Great variability in leaf shapes and sizes is observed in nature. Leaves also exhibit varying degrees of complexity, ranging from simple to multi-compound. Leaf genes, as defined here, not only modulate leaf morphology, but also influence the shoot apical meristem, thereby affecting leaf arrangement on the shoot, internodes, nodes, axillary buds, photosynthetic capacity, carbon fixation, photorespiration and starch synthesis. Leaf genes elucidated here are used to modify a number of traits of economic interest including leaf shape, plant yield, stress tolerance, and to modify both the efficiency of synthesis and accumulation of specific metabolites and macromolecules (including carbohydrates, proteins, oils, waxes, etc).
  • Trichome Genes and Gene Components
  • Trichomes, defined as hair-like structures that extend from the epidermis of aerial tissues, are present on the surface of most terrestrial plants. Plant trichomes display a diverse set of structures, and many plants contain several types of trichomes on a single leaf. The presence of trichomes increases the boundary layer thickness between the epidermal tissue and the environment, and reduce heat and water loss. In many species, trichomes protect the plant against insect or pathogen attack, either by secreting chemical components or by physically limiting insect access to or mobility on vegetative tissues. The stellate trichomes of Arabidopsis do not have a secretory anatomy, but at a functional level they limit herbivore access to the leaf in the field. In addition, trichomes are known to secrete economically valuable substances, such as menthol in mint plants.
  • Trichome differentiation is integrated with leaf development, hormone levels and the vegetative development phase. The first trichome at the leaf tip appears only after the leaf grows to ˜100 μm in length. Subsequent events proceed basipetally as the leaf grows. As leaf development progresses, cell division patterns become less regular and islands of dividing cells are observed among differentiated pavement cells with their characteristic lobed morphology. Trichome initiation in the expanding leaf occurs within these islands of cells and often defines points along the perimeter of a circle, with an existing trichome defining the center.
  • Once a cell enters the trichome pathway it undergoes an elaborate morphogenesis program that has been divided into different stages based on specific morphological hallmarks. In addition, the glandular trichomes from various species secrete and, sometimes locally synthesize, a number of substances including salt, monoterpenes and sesquiterpenes, terpenoids, exudate, insect entrapping substances, antifeedants and pheromones.
  • The trichome genes are used to modulate the number, structure and biochemistry of trichomes.
  • Chloroplast Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • The chloroplast is a complex and specialized organelle in plant cells. Its complexity comes from the fact that it has at least six suborganellar compartments subdivided by double-membrane envelopes and internal thylakoid membranes. It is specialized to carry out different biologically important processes including photosynthesis and amino acid and fatty acid biosynthesis. The biogenesis and development of the chloroplast from its progenitor (the proplasptid) and the conversion of one form of plastid to another (e.g., from chloroplast to amyloplast) depends on several factors that include the developmental and physiological states of the cells.
  • One of the contributing problems that complicates the biogenesis of the chloroplast is the fact that some, if not most, of its components must come from outside of the organelle itself. The import mechanisms must take into account what part within the different sub-compartments the proteins are being targeted; hence the proteins being imported from the cytoplasm must be able to cross the different internal membrane barriers before they can reach their destinations. The import mechanism must also take into account how to tightly coordinate the interaction between the plastid and the nucleus such that both nuclear and plastidic components are expressed in a synchronous and orchestrated manner. As a cosequence, changes in the developmental and physiological conditions within or surrounding plant cells change this tight coordination and therefore also change how import mechanisms are regulated. Manipulation of these conditions and modulation of expression of the import components and their functions have critical and global consequences to the development of the plant and to several biochemical pathways occurring outside the chloroplast.
  • Chloroplast genes are useful to modulate growth and development, including plastid biogenesis, plastid division, plastid development and thylakoid membrane structures. They are also useful for altering differentiation including plastid/chloroplast differentiation, photosynthesis, transport, phosphate translocation, targeted starch deposition and accumulation, and biosynthesis of essential compounds such as lipid biosynthesis, riboflavin biosynthesis, carotenoid biosynthesis, and aminoacid biosynthesis.
  • Guard Cell Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Scattered throughout the epidermis of the shoot are minute pores called stomata. Each stomal pore is surrounded by two guard cells. The guard cells control the size of the stomal pore, which is critical since the stomata control the exchange of carbon dioxide, oxygen, and water vapor between the interior of the plant and the outside atmosphere. Stomata open and close through turgor changes driven by ion fluxes, which occur mainly through the guard cell plasma membrane and tonoplast. Guard cells are known to respond to a number of external stimuli such as changes in light intensity, carbon dioxide and water vapor, for example. Guard cells can also sense and rapidly respond to internal stimuli including changes in ABA, auxin and calcium ion flux.
  • Thus, guard cell genes are useful to modulate ABA responses, drought tolerance, respiration, water potential, and water management. All of which in turn affect plant yield including seed yield, harvest index, fruit yield, etc.
  • Reproduction Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Reproduction genes are defined as genes or components of genes capable of modulating any aspect of sexual reproduction from flowering time and inflorescence development to fertilization and finally seed and fruit development. These genes are of great economic interest as well as biological importance. The fruit and vegetable industry grosses over $1 billion USD a year. The seed market, valued at approximately $15 billion USD annually, is even more lucrative.
  • Inflorescence and Floral Development Genes Gene Components and Products
  • During reproductive growth the plant enters a program of floral development that culminates in fertilization, followed by the production of seeds. Senescence may or may not follow. Flower formation is a precondition for the sexual propagation of plants and is therefore essential for propagation of plants that cannot be propagated vegetatively, as well as for the formation of seeds and fruits. The point of time at which the vegetative growth of plants changes into flower formation is of vital importance in agriculture, horticulture and plant breeding. Also, the number of flowers is often of economic importance, for example in the case of various useful plants (tomato, cucumber, zucchini, cotton etc.) where an increased number of flowers leads to an increased yield, or in the case of ornamental plants and cut flowers.
  • Flowering plants exhibit one of two types of inflorescence architecture: (1) indeterminate, in which the inflorescence grows indefinitely, or (2) determinate, in which a terminal flower is produced. Adult organs of flowering plants develop from groups of stem cells called meristems. The identity of a meristem is inferred from structures it produces: vegetative meristems give rise to roots and leaves, inflorescence meristems give rise to flower meristems, and flower meristems give rise to floral organs such as sepals and petals. Not only are meristems capable of generating new meristems of a different identity, but their own identity can change during development. For example, a vegetative shoot meristem can be transformed into an inflorescence meristem upon floral induction, and in some species, the inflorescence meristem itself will eventually become a flower meristem. Despite the importance of meristem transitions in plant development, little is known about the underlying mechanisms.
  • Following germination, the shoot meristem produces a series of leaf meristems on its flanks. However, once floral induction has occurred, the shoot meristem switches to the production of flower meristems. Flower meristems produce floral organ primordia, which individually develop into sepals, petals, stamens or carpels. Thus, flower formation can be thought of as a series of distinct developmental steps, i.e. floral induction, the formation of flower primordia and the production of flower organs. Mutations disrupting each of the steps have been isolated in a variety of species, suggesting that a genetic hierarchy directs the flowering process (see for review, Weigel and Meyerowitz, In Molecular Basis of Morphogenesis (ed. M. Bernfield). 51st Annual Symposium of the Society for Developmental Biology, pp. 93-107, New York, 1993).
  • Expression of many reproduction genes and gene products is orchestrated by internal programs or the surrounding environment of a plant. These genes used to modulate traits such as fruit and seed yield
  • Seed and Fruit Development Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • The ovule is the primary female sexual reproductive organ of flowering plants. At maturity it contains the egg cell and one large central cell containing two polar nuclei encased by two integuments that, after fertilization, develop into the embryo, endosperm and seed coat of the mature seed, respectively. As the ovule develops into the seed, the ovary matures into the fruit or silique. As such, seed and fruit development requires the orchestrated transcription of numerous polynucleotides, some of which are ubiquitous, others that are embryo-specific and still others that are expressed only in the endosperm, seed coat or fruit. Such genes are termed fruit development responsive genes and are used to modulate seed and fruit growth and development such as seed size, seed yield, seed composition and seed dormancy.
  • Ovule Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • The ovule is the primary female sexual reproductive organ of flowering plants. It contains the egg cell and, after fertilization occurs, contains the developing seed. Consequently, the ovule is at times comprised of haploid, diploid and triploid tissue. As such, ovule development requires the orchestrated transcription of numerous polynucleotides, some of which are ubiquitous, others that are ovule-specific and still others that are expressed only in the haploid, diploid or triploid cells of the ovule.
  • Although the morphology of the ovule is well known, little is known of these polynucleotides and polynucleotide products. Mutants allow identification of genes that participate in ovule development. As an example, the pistillata (PI) mutant replaces stamens with carpels, thereby increasing the number of ovules present in the flower. Accordingly, comparison of transcription levels between the wild-type and PI mutants allows identification of ovule-specific developmental polynucleotides.
  • Ovule genes are useful to modulate egg cell development, ovule maturation, metabolism, polar nuclei, fusion, central cell, maturation, metabolism, synergids, maturation, programmed cell death, nucellus, maturation, integuments, maturation, funiculus, extension, cuticle, maturation, tensile properties, ovule, modulation of ovule senescence and shaping.
  • Seed and Fruit Development Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • The ovule is the primary female sexual reproductive organ of flowering plants. At maturity it contains the egg cell and one large central cell containing two polar nuclei encased by two integuments that, after fertilization, develop into the embryo, endosperm and seed coat of the mature seed, respectively. As the ovule develops into the seed, the ovary matures into the fruit or silique. As such, seed and fruit development requires the orchestrated transcription of numerous polynucleotides, some of which are ubiquitous, others that are embryo-specific and still others that are expressed only in the endosperm, seed coat or fruit. Such genes are termed fruit development responsive genes and are used to modulate seed and fruit growth and development such as seed size, seed yield, seed composition and seed dormancy.
  • Development Genes Gene Components and Products
  • Imbibition and Germination Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Seeds are a vital component of the world's diet. Cereal grains alone, which comprise ˜90% of all cultivated seeds, contribute up to half of the global per capita energy intake. The primary organ system for seed production in flowering plants is the ovule. At maturity, the ovule consists of a haploid female gametophyte or embryo sac surrounded by several layers of maternal tissue including the nucellous and the integuments. The embryo sac typically contains seven cells including the egg cell, two synergids, a large central cell containing two polar nuclei, and three antipodal cells. Pollination results in the fertilization of both egg and central cell. The fertilized egg develops into the embryo. The fertilized central cell develops into the endosperm. And the integuments mature into the seed coat. As the ovule develops into the seed, the ovary matures into the fruit or silique. Late in development, the developing seed ends a period of extensive biosynthetic and cellular activity and begins to desiccate to complete its development and enter a dormant, metabolically quiescent state. Seed dormancy is generally an undesirable characteristic in agricultural crops, where rapid germination and growth are required. Some degree of dormancy is advantageous, however, at least during seed development. This is particularly true for cereal crops because it prevents germination of grains while still on the ear of the parent plant (preharvest sprouting), a phenomenon that results in major losses to the agricultural industry. Extensive domestication and breeding of crop species have ostensibly reduced the level of dormancy mechanisms present in the seeds of their wild ancestors, although under some adverse environmental conditions, dormancy may reappear. By contrast, weed seeds frequently mature with inherent dormancy mechanisms that allow some seeds to persist in the soil for many years before completing germination.
  • Germination commences with imbibition, the uptake of water by the dry seed, and the activation of the quiescent embryo and endosperm. The result is a burst of intense metabolic activity. At the cellular level, the genome is transformed from an inactive state to one of intense transcriptional activity. Stored lipids, carbohydrates and proteins are catabolized fueling seedling growth and development. DNA and organelles are repaired, replicated and begin functioning. Cell expansion and cell division are triggered. The shoot and root apical meristems are activated and begin growth and organogenesis. Germination is complete when a part of the embryo, the radicle, extends to penetrate the structures that surround it. In Arabidopsis, seed germination takes place within twenty-four (24) hours after imbibition. As such, germination requires the rapid and orchestrated transcription of numerous polynucleotides. Germination is followed by expansion of the hypocotyl and opening of the cotyledons. Meristem development continues to promote root growth and shoot growth, which is followed by early leaf formation.
  • The germination period exists from imbibition to when part of the embryo, usually the radicle, extends to penetrate the seed coat that surrounds it. Imbibition and germination genes are defined as genes, gene components and products that modulate one or more processes of imbibition and germination described above. They are useful to modulate many plant traits from early vigor to yield to stress tolerance.
  • Early Seedling-Phase Specific Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • A few days after germination is complete, which is also referred to as the early seedling phase, is one of the more active stages of the plant life cycle. During this period the plant begins development and growth of the first leaves, roots, and other organs not found in the embryo. Generally this stage begins when germination ends. The first sign that germination has been completed is usually an increase in length and fresh weight of the radicle. Such genes and gene products can regulate a number of plant traits to modulate yield. For example, these genes are active or potentially active to a greater extent in developing and rapidly growing cells, tissues and organs, as exemplified by development and growth of a seedling 3 or 4 days after planting a seed.
  • Rapid, efficient establishment of a seedling is very important in commercial agriculture and horticulture. It is also vital that resources are approximately partitioned between shoot and root to facilitate adaptive growth. Phototropism and geotropism need to be established. All these require post-germination process to be sustained to ensure that vigorous seedlings are produced. Early seedling phase genes, gene components and products are useful to manipulate these and other processes.
  • Size and Stature Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Great agronomic value results from modulating the size of a plant as a whole or of any of its organs. For example, the “Green Revolution” came about as a result of creating dwarf wheat plants, which produced a higher seed yield than taller plants because they could withstand higher levels and inputs of fertilizer and water. Size and stature genes elucidated here modify the growth of either an organism as a whole or of localized organs or cells. Manipulation of such genes, gene components and products enhances many traits of economic interest from increased seed and fruit size to increased lodging resistance. Many kinds of genes control the height attained by a plant and the size of the organs. For genes additional to the ones in this section other sections of the Application should be consulted.
  • These genes can be divided into three classes. One class of genes acts during cytokinesis and/or karyokinesis, such as mitosis and/or meiosis. A second class is involved in cell growth. Examples include genes regulating metabolism and nutrient uptake pathways. A third class includes genes that control pathways that regulate or constrain cell division and growth. Examples of these pathways include those genes specifying hormone biosynthesis, hormone sensing and pathways activated by hormones.
  • Size and stature genes are useful to selectively alter the size of organs and stems and so make plants specifically improved for agriculture, horticulture and other industries
  • Shoot-Apical Meristem Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • New organs, stems, leaves, branches and inflorescences develop from the stem apical meristem (SAM). The growth structure and architecture of the plant therefore depends on the behavior of SAMs. SAMs are comprised of a number of morphologically undifferentiated, dividing cells located at the tips of shoots. SAM genes elucidated here modify the activity of SAMs and thereby many traits of economic interest from ornamental leaf shape to organ number to responses to plant density.
  • In addition, a key attribute of the SAM is its capacity for self-renewal. Thus, SAM genes of the instant invention are useful for modulating one or more processes of SAM structure and/or function including (I) cell size and division; (II) cell differentiation and organ primordia. The genes and gene components of this invention are useful for modulating any one or all of these cell division processes generally, as in timing and rate, for example. In addition, the polynucleotides and polypeptides of the invention can control the response of these processes to the internal plant programs associated with embryogenesis, and hormone responses, for example.
  • Because SAMs determine the architecture of the plant, modified plants are useful in many agricultural, horticultural, forestry and other industrial sectors. Plants with a different shape, numbers of flowers and seed and fruits have altered yields of plant parts. For example, plants with more branches produce more flowers, seed or fruits. Trees without lateral branches produce long lengths of clean timber. Plants with greater yields of specific plant parts are useful sources of constituent chemicals.
  • Vegetative-Phase Specific Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Often growth and yield are limited by the ability of a plant to tolerate stress conditions, including water loss. To combat such conditions, plant cells deploy a battery of responses that are controlled by a phase shift, from so called juvenile to adult. These changes at distinct times involve, for example, cotyledons and leaves, guard cells in stomata, and biochemical activities involved with sugar and nitrogen metabolism. These responses depend on the functioning of an internal clock that becomes entrained to plant development, and a series of downstream signaling events leading to transcription-independent and transcription-dependent stress responses. These responses involve changes in gene expression.
  • Phase responsive genes are useful to modulate timing, dormancy, germination, cotyledon opening, appearance of first leaves, juvenile to adult transition, bolting, flowering, pollination, fertilization, seed development, seed set, fruit drop, senescence and epinasty.
  • Hormone Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Abscissic Acid Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Plant hormones are naturally occurring substances, effective in very small amounts, which act as signals to stimulate or inhibit growth or regulate developmental processes in plants. Abscisic acid (ABA) is a ubiquitous hormone in vascular plants that has been detected in every major organ or living tissue from the root to the apical bud. The major physiological responses affected by ABA are dormancy, stress stomatal closure, water uptake, abscission and senescence. In contrast to Auxins, cytokinins and gibberellins, which are principally growth promoters, ABA primarily acts as an inhibitor of growth and metabolic processes.
  • Changes in ABA concentration internally or in the surrounding environment in contact with a plant results in modulation of many genes and gene products. These genes and/or products are responsible for effects on traits such as plant vigor and seed yield.
  • While ABA responsive polynucleotides and gene products can act alone, combinations of these polynucleotides also affect growth and development. Useful combinations include different ABA responsive polynucleotides and/or gene products that have similar transcription profiles or similar biological activities, and members of the same or similar biochemical pathways. Whole pathways or segments of pathways are controlled by transcription factor proteins and proteins controlling the activity of signal transduction pathways. Therefore, manipulation of such protein levels is especially useful for altering phenotypes and biochemical activities of plants. In addition, the combination of an ABA responsive polynucleotide and/or gene product with another environmentally responsive polynucleotide is also useful because of the interactions that exist between hormone-regulated pathways, stress and defence induced pathways, nutritional pathways and development.
  • Auxin Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Plant hormones are naturally occurring substances, effective in very small amounts that stimulate or inhibit growth or regulate developmental processes in plants. One of the plant hormones is indole-3-acetic acid (IAA), often referred to as Auxin.
  • Changes in Auxin concentration in the surrounding environment in contact with a plant or in a plant results in modulation of the activities of many genes and hence levels of gene products. Auxin is known to influence and/or regulate growth, apical dominance, vascular growth, roots, inhibition of primary root elongation, increased lateral root formation, stems, lateral buds, lateral branching, reduction of branching, organ formation, fruit number in tomatoes, leaves, height/stature, regeneration and differentiation of cultured cells or plantlets, biomass, number of flowers; number of seeds; starch content, fruit yield, orienting cell growth, establishment and maintenance of plant axis, cell plate placement, polarised growth, initiation and/or development of embryo morphogenic progression, differentiation of cells into morphologically different cell layers, cotyledon separation, fruit development, abscission, parthenocarpy, and modulation of phototropic sensitivity, e.g. increase growth under a reduced light spectrum.
  • Brassinosteroid Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Plant hormones are naturally occuring substances, effective in very small amounts, which act as signals to stimulate or inhibit growth or regulate developmental processes in plants. Brassinosteroids (BRs) are the most recently discovered, and least studied, class of plant hormones. The major physiological response affected by BRs is the longitudinal growth of young tissue via cell elongation and cell division. Consequently, disruptions in BR metabolism, perception and activity result in a dwarf phenotype. In addition, because BRs are derived from the sterol metabolic pathway, any perturbations to the sterol pathway affect the BR pathway. In the same way, perturbations in the BR pathway have effects on the later part of the sterol pathway and thus the sterol composition of membranes.
  • Changes in BR concentration in the surrounding environment or in contact with a plant result in modulation of many genes and gene products.
  • While BR responsive polynucleotides and gene products can act alone, combinations of these polynucleotides also affect growth and development. Useful combinations include different BR responsive polynucleotides and/or gene products that have similar transcription profiles or similar biological activities, and members of the same or functionally related biochemical pathways. Whole pathways or segments of pathways are controlled by transcription factors and proteins controlling the activity of signal transduction pathways. Therefore, manipulation of such protein levels is especially useful for altering phenotypes and biochemical activities of plants. In addition, the combination of a BR responsive polynucleotide and/or gene product with another environmentally responsive polynucleotide is useful because of the interactions that exist between hormone-regulated pathways, stress pathways, nutritional pathways and development. Here, in addition to polynucleotides having similar transcription profiles and/or biological activities, useful combinations include polynucleotides that may have different transcription profiles but which participate in common or overlapping pathways.
  • Cytokinin Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Plant hormones are naturally occurring substances, effective in very small amounts, which act as signals to stimulate or inhibit growth or regulate developmental processes in plants. Cytokinins (BA) are a group of hormones that are best known for their stimulatory effect on cell division, although they also participate in many other processes and pathways. All naturally occurring BAs are aminopurine derivatives, while nearly all synthetic compounds with BA activity are 6-substituted aminopurine derivatives. One of the most common synthetic BAs used in agriculture is benzylaminopurine (BAP).
  • BA responsive genes are useful to modulate plant growth, emergence of lateral buds, cotyledon expansion, senescence, differentiation, nutrient metabolism, control of fruit ripening, and parthenocarpy.
  • Gibberellic Acid Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Plant hormones are naturally occuring substances, effective in very small amounts, which act as signals to stimulate or inhibit growth or regulate developmental processes in plants. Gibberellic acid (GA) is a hormone in vascular plants that is synthesized in proplastids (which give rise to chloroplasts or leucoplasts) and vascular tissues. The major physiological responses affected by GA are seed germination, stem elongation, flower induction, anther development, seed and pericarp growth. GA is similar to auxins, cytokinins and gibberellins, in that they are principally growth promoters.
  • GA responsive genes are useful to modulate one or more phenotypes including promoting leaf and root growth, promotiing cell division, promoting stem elongation and secondary (woody) growth, increasing xylem fiber length and biomass production. In addition, GA responsive genes are used to alter fruit and seed development, breaking dormancy in seeds and buds, decreasing senescence and regulating stress responses, fertility and flowering time.
  • Metabolism Affecting Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Nitrogen Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Nitrogen is often the rate-limiting element in plant growth, and all field crops have a fundamental dependence on exogenous nitrogen sources. Nitrogenous fertilizer, which is usually supplied as ammonium nitrate, potassium nitrate, or urea, typically accounts for 40% of the costs associated with crops in intensive agriculture, such as corn and wheat. Increased efficiency of nitrogen use by plants enables the production of higher yields with existing fertilizer inputs and/or enable existing yields of crops to be obtained with lower fertilizer input, or better yields from growth on soils of poorer quality. Also, higher amounts of proteins in the crops are produced more cost-effectively. “Nitrogen responsive” genes and gene products are used to alter or modulate plant growth and development.
  • Circadian Rhythm (Clock) Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Often growth and yield are limited by the ability of a plant to tolerate stress conditions, including water loss. To combat such conditions, plant cells deploy a battery of responses that are controlled by an internal circadian clock, including the timed movement of cotyledons and leaves, timed movements in guard cells in stomata, and timed biochemical activities involved with sugar and nitrogen metabolism. These responses depend on the functioning of an internal circadian clock, that becomes entrained to the ambient light/dark cycle, and a series of downstream signaling events leading to transcription independent and transcription dependent stress responses.
  • A functioning circadian clock anticipates dark/light transitions and prepares the physiology and biochemistry of a plant accordingly. For example, expression of a chlorophyll a/b binding protein (CAB) is elevated before daybreak so that photosynthesis can operate maximally as soon as there is light to drive it. Similar considerations apply to light/dark transitions and to many areas of plant physiology such as sugar metabolism, nitrogen metabolism, water uptake, water loss, flowering, flower opening, epinasty, germination, perception of season and senescence.
  • Clock responsive genes and gene products are useful to modulate timing, dormancy, germination, cotyledon opening, appearance of first leaves, juvenile to adult transition, bolting, flowering, pollination, fertilization, seed development, seed set, fruit drop, senescence, epinasty and biomass.
  • Blue Light (Phototropism) Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Phototropism is the orientation or growth of a cell, an organism or part of an organism in relation to a source of light. Plants can sense red (R), far-red (FR) and blue light in their environment and respond differently to particular ratios of these. For example, a low R:FR ratio enhances cell elongation and favors flowering over leaf production, but blue light regulated cryptochromes also appear to be involved in determining hypocotyl growth and flowering time.
  • Phototropism of Arabidopsis thaliana seedlings in response to a blue light source is initiated by nonphototropic hypocotyl 1 (NPH1), a blue light-activated serine-threonine protein kinase, but the downstream signaling events are not entirely known. Blue light treatment leads to changes in gene expression. These genes are identified by comparing the levels of mRNAs of individual genes in dark-grown seedlings compared with dark grown seedlings treated with 1 hour of blue light.
  • Auxin also affects blue light phototropism. The effect of Auxin on gene expression stimulated by blue light is found by comparing mRNA levels in a mutant of Arabidopsis thaliana nph4-2 grown in the dark and treated with blue light for 1 hour with wild type seedlings treated similarly. This mutant is disrupted for Auxin-related growth and Auxin-induced gene transcription.
  • Blue light responsive genes are used to alter or modulate growth, roots (elongation or gravitropism), stems (such as elongation), cell development, flower, seedling, plant yield, and seed and fruit yield.
  • Carbon Dioxide Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • There has been a recent and significant increase in the level of atmospheric carbon dioxide. This rise in level is projected to continue over the next 50 years. The effects of the increased level of carbon dioxide on vegetation are just now being examined, generally in large scale, whole plant experiments often conducted with trees. Some researchers have initiated physiological experiments in attempts to define the biochemical pathways that are either affected by and/or are activated to allow the plant to avert damage from elevated carbon dioxide levels.
  • CO2 responsive genes are useful to modulate catabolism, energy generation, metabolism, carbohydrate synthesis, growth rate and photosynthesis (such as carbon dioxide fixation).
  • Mitochondria Electron Transport (Respiration) Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • One means to alter flux through metabolic pathways is to alter the levels of proteins in the pathways. Plant mitochondria contain many proteins involved in various metabolic processes, including the TCA cycle, respiration, and photorespiration and particularly the electron transport chain (mtETC). Most mtETC complexes consist of nuclearly-encoded mitochondrial proteins (NEMPs) and mitochondrially-encoded mitochondrial proteins (MEMPs). NEMPs are produced in coordination with MEMPs of the same complex and pathway and with other proteins in multi-organelle pathways. Enzymes involved in photorespiration, for example, are located in chloroplasts, mitochondria, and peroxisomes and many of the proteins are nuclearly-encoded. Manipulation of the coordination of protein levels within and between organelles have critical and global consequences to the growth and yield of a plant
  • Respiration responsive genes are useful to modulate catabolism; energy generation, growth rate; water usage and photosynthesis.
  • Protein Degradation Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • One of the components of molecular mechanisms that operate to support plant development is the “removal” of a gene product from a particular developmental circuit once the substrate protein is no longer functionally relevant in temporal and/or spatial contexts. The “removal” mechanisms can be accomplished either by protein inactivation (e.g., phosphorylation or protein-protein interaction) or protein degradation, most notably via the ubiquitination-proteasome pathway. The ubiquitination-proteasome pathway is responsible for the degradation of a plethora of proteins involved in cell cycle, cell division, transcription and signal transduction, all of which are required for normal cellular functions. Ubiquitination occurs through the activity of ubiquitin-activating enzymes (E1), ubiquitin-conjugating enzymes (E2), and ubiquitin-protein ligases (E3), which act sequentially to catalyze the attachment of ubiquitin (or other modifying molecules that are related to ubiquitin) to substrate proteins (Hochstrasser 2000, Science 289: 563). Ubiquitinated proteins are then routed to proteasomes for degradation processing [2000, Biochemistry and Molecular Biology of Plants, Buchanan, Gruissem, and Russel (eds), Amer. Soc. of Plant Physiologists, Rockville, Md.]. The degradation mechanism can be selective and specific to the concerned target protein (Joazeiro and Hunter2001, Science 289: 2061; Sakamoto et al., 2001, PNAS Online 141230798). This selectivity and specificity is believed to be one of the ways that the activity of gene products is modulated.
  • Protein degradation genes are useful for used promoting/controling cell death and for altering developmental and growth processes.
  • Carotenogenesis Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Carotenoids serve important biochemical functions in both plants and animals. In plants, carotenoids function as accessory light harvesting pigments for photosynthesis and to protect chloroplasts and photosystem II from heat and oxidative damage by dissipating energy and scavenging oxygen radicals produced by high light intensities and other oxidative stresses. Decreases in yield frequently occur as a result of light stress and oxidative stress in the normal growth ranges of crop species. In addition light stress limits the geographic range of many crop species. Modest increases in oxidative stress tolerance greatly improve the performance and growth range of many crop species. The development of genotypes with increased tolerance to light and oxidative stress provides a more reliable means to minimize crop losses and diminish the use of energy-costly practices to modify the soil environment.
  • In animals carotenoids such as beta-carotene are essential provitamins required for proper visual development and function. In addition, their antioxidative properties are also thought to provide valuable protection from diseases such as cancer. Modest increases in carotenoid levels in crop species produce a dramatic effect on plant nutritional quality. The development of genotypes with increased carotenoid content provides a more reliable and effective nutritional source of Vitamin A and other carotenoid derived antioxidants than through the use of costly nutritional supplements.
  • Viability Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Plants contain many proteins and pathways that when blocked or induced lead to cell, organ or whole plant death. Gene variants that influence these pathways have profound effects on plant survival, vigor and performance. The critical pathways include those concerned with metabolism and development or protection against stresses, diseases and pests. They also include those involved in apoptosis and necrosis. Viability genes are modulated to affect cell or plant death.
  • Herbicides are, by definition, chemicals that cause death of tissues, organs and whole plants. The genes and pathways that are activated or inactivated by herbicides include those that cause cell death as well as those that function to provide protection.
  • Histone Deacetylase (Axel) Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • The deacetylation of histones is known to play an important role in regulating gene expression at the chromatin level in eukaryotic cells. Histone deacetylation is catalyzed by proteins known as histone deacetylases (hdacs). Hdacs are found in multisubunit complexes that are recruited to specific sites on nuclear DNA thereby affecting chromatin architecture and target gene transcription. Mutations in plant hdac genes cause alterations in vegetative and reproductive growth that result from changes in the expression and activities of hdac target genes or genes whose expression is governed by hdac target genes. For example, transcription factor proteins control whole pathways or segments of pathways and proteins also control the activity of signal transduction pathways.
  • HDAc genes are useful to modulate growth rate and development.
  • Stress Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Cold Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • The ability to endure low temperatures and freezing is a major determinant of the geographical distribution and productivity of agricultural crops. Even areas considered suiTable for the cultivation of a given species or cultivar can give rise to yield decreases and crop failures as a result of aberrant freezing temperatures. Even modest increases (1-2° C.) in the freezing tolerance of certain crop species have a dramatic impact on agricultural productivity in some areas. The development of genotypes with increased freezing tolerance provide a more reliable means to minimize crop losses and diminish the use of energy-costly practices to modify the microclimate.
  • Sudden cold temperatures result in modulation of many genes and gene products. These genes and/or products are responsible for effects on traits such as plant vigor and seed yield.
  • Manipulation of one or more cold responsive gene activities is useful to modulate growth and development.
  • Heat Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • The ability to endure high temperatures is a major determinant of the geographical distribution and productivity of agricultural crops. Decreases in yield and crop failure frequently occur as a result of aberrant hot conditions even in areas considered suitable for the cultivation of a given species or cultivar. Only modest increases in the heat tolerance of crop species have a dramatic impact on agricultural productivity. The development of genotypes with increased heat tolerance provide a more reliable means to minimize crop losses and diminish the use of energy-costly practices to modify the microclimate.
  • Drought Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • The ability to endure drought conditions is a major determinant of the geographical distribution and productivity of agricultural crops. Decreases in yield and crop failure frequently occur as a result of aberrant drought conditions even in areas considered suitable for the cultivation of a given species or cultivar. Only modest increases in the drought tolerance of crop species have a dramatic impact on agricultural productivity. The development of genotypes with increased drought tolerance provide a more reliable means to minimize crop losses and diminish the use of energy-costly practices to modify the microclimate.
  • Wounding Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Plants are continuously subjected to various forms of wounding from physical attacks including the damage created by pathogens and pests, wind, and contact with other objects. Therefore, survival and agricultural yields depend on constraining the damage created by the wounding process and inducing defense mechanisms against future damage.
  • Plants have evolved complex systems to minimize and/or repair local damage and to minimize subsequent attacks by pathogens or pests or their effects. These involve stimulation of cell division and cell elongation to repair tissues, induction of programmed cell death to isolate damage caused mechanically and by invading pests and pathogens, and induction of long-range signaling systems to induce protecting molecules in case of future attack. The genetic and biochemical systems associated with responses to wounding are connected with those associated with other stresses such as pathogen attack and drought.
  • Wounding results in the modulation of activities of specific genes and, as a consequence, of the levels of key proteins and metabolites. These genes, called here wounding responsive genes, are important for minimizing the damage induced by wounding from pests, pathogens and other objects.
  • Methyl Jasmonate (Jasmonate) Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Jasmonic acid and its derivatives, collectively referred to as jasmonates, are naturally occurring derivatives of plant lipids. These substances are synthesized from linolenic acid in a lipoxygenase-dependent biosynthetic pathway. Jasmonates are signalling molecules which are growth regulators as well as regulators of defense and stress responses. As such, jasmonates represent a separate class of plant hormones. Jasmonate responsive genes can be used to modulate plant growth and development.
  • Reactive Oxygen Responsive Genes, Gene Components and H2O2 Products
  • Often growth and yield are limited by the ability of a plant to tolerate stress conditions, including pathogen attack, wounding, extreme temperatures and various other factors. To combat such conditions, plant cells deploy a battery of inducible defense responses, including triggering an oxidative burst. The burst of reactive oxygen intermediates occurs in time, place and it plays a key role in either pathogen elimination and/or subsequent signaling of downstream defense functions. For example, H2O2 plays a key role in the pathogen resistance response, including initiating the hypersensitive response (HR). HR is correlated with the onset of systemic acquired resistance (SAR) to secondary infection in distal tissues and organs. Reactive oxygen responsive genes are useful to modulate pathogen tolerance and/or resistance, Avr/R locus sensitivitiy, non-host sensitivity; HR, SAR, bacterial resistance, fungal resistance, virus or viroid resistance, insect resistance, nematodes, heavy metal tolerance and treatment of indications modulated by free radicals and cancer.
  • Salicylic Acid Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Plant defense responses can be divided into two groups: constitutive and induced. Salicylic acid (SA) is a signaling molecule necessary for activation of the plant induced defense system known as systemic acquired resistance or SAR. This response, which is triggered by prior exposure to avirulent pathogens, is long lasting and provides protection against a broad spectrum of pathogens. Another induced defense system is the hypersensitive response (HR). HR is far more rapid, occurs at the sites of pathogen (avirulent pathogens) entry and precedes SAR. SA is also the key signaling molecule for this defense pathway.
  • SA genes are useful to modulate plant defense systems.
  • Nitric Oxide Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • The rate-limiting element in plant growth and yield is often its ability to tolerate suboptimal or stress conditions, including pathogen attack conditions, wounding and the presence of various other factors. To combat such conditions, plant cells deploy a battery of inducible defense responses, including synergistic interactions between nitric oxide (NO), reactive oxygen intermediates (ROS), and salicylic acid (SA). NO plays a critical role in the activation of innate immune and inflammatory responses in animals. At least part of this mammalian signaling pathway is present in plants, where NO potentiates the hypersensitive response (HR). In addition, NO is a stimulator molecule in plant photomorphogenesis.
  • Changes in nitric oxide concentration in the internal or surrounding environment, or in contact with a plant, results in modulation of many genes and gene products.
  • In addition, the combination of a nitric oxide responsive polynucleotide and/or gene product with other environmentally responsive polynucleotides is also useful because of the interactions that exist between hormone regulated pathways, stress pathways, pathogen stimulated pathways, nutritional pathways and development.
  • Nitric oxide responsive genes and gene products function either to increase or dampen the above phenotypes or activities either in response to changes in nitric oxide concentration or in the absence of nitric oxide fluctuations. More specifically, these genes and gene products modulate stress responses in an organism. In plants, these genes and gene products are useful for modulating yield under stress conditions. Measurments of yield include seed yield, seed size, fruit yield, fruit size, etc.
  • Osmotic Stress Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • The ability to endure and recover from osmotic and salt related stress is a major determinant of the geographical distribution and productivity of agricultural crops. Osmotic stress is a major component of stress imposed by saline soil and water deficit. Decreases in yield and crop failure frequently occur as a result of aberrant or transient environmental stress conditions even in areas considered suitable for the cultivation of a given species or cultivar. Only modest increases in the osmotic and salt tolerance of a crop species have a dramatic impact on agricultural productivity. The development of genotypes with increased osmotic tolerance provides a more reliable means to minimize crop losses and diminish the use of energy-costly practices to modify the soil environment. Thus, osmotic stress responsive genes are used to modulate plant growth and development.
  • Aluminum Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Aluminum is toxic to plants in soluble form (Al3+). Plants grown under aluminum stress have inhibited root growth and function due to reduced cell elongation, inhibited cell division and metabolic interference. As an example, protein inactivation frequently results from displacement of the Mg2+ cofactor with aluminum. These types of consequences result in poor nutrient and water uptake. In addition, because stress perception and response occur in the root apex, aluminum exposure leads to the release of organic acids, such as citrate, from the root as the plant attempts to prevent aluminum uptake.
  • The ability to endure soluble aluminum is a major determinant of the geographical distribution and productivity of agricultural crops. Decreases in yield and crop failure frequently occur as a result of aberrant aluminum conditions even in areas considered suitable for the cultivation of a given species or cultivar. Only modest increases in the aluminum tolerance of crop species have a dramatic impact on agricultural productivity. The development of genotypes with increased aluminum tolerance provides a more reliable means to minimize crop losses and diminish the use of costly practices to modify the environment.
  • Cadmium Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Cadmium (Cd) has both toxic and non-toxic effects on plants. Plants exposed to non-toxic concentrations of cadmium are blocked for viral disease due to the inhibition of systemic movement of the virus. Surprisingly, higher toxic levels of Cd do not inhibit viral systemic movement, so that cellular factors that interfere with the viral movement are triggered by non-toxic Cd concentrations but repressed in high Cd concentrations. Furthermore, exposure to non-toxic Cd levels reverses posttranslational gene silencing, an inherent plant defense mechanism. Consequently, Cd responsive genes are useful for altering plant disease control in addition to improving soil bio-remediation and plant performance.
  • Disease Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Often growth and yield are limited by the ability of a plant to tolerate stress conditions, including pathogen attack. To combat such conditions, plant cells deploy a battery of inducible defense responses, including the triggering of an oxidative burst and the transcription of pathogenesis-related protein (PR protein) genes. These responses depend on the recognition of a microbial avirulence gene product (avr) by a plant resistance gene product (R), and a series of downstream signaling events leading to transcription-independent and transcription-dependent disease resistance responses. Reactive oxygen species (ROS) such as H2O2 and NO from the oxidative burst play a signaling role, including initiation of the hypersensitive response (HR) and induction of systemic acquired resistance (SAR) to secondary infection by unrelated pathogens. PR proteins are able to degrade the cell walls of invading microorganisms, and phytoalexins are directly microbicidal.
  • Disease responsive genes and gene products are useful to modulate plant response to pathogen attack including bacteria, fungi, virus, insects and nematodes.
  • Defense (LOL2) Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Often growth and yield are limited by the ability of a plant to tolerate stress conditions, including pathogen attack. To combat such conditions, plant cells deploy a battery of inducible defense responses, including the triggering of an oxidative burst and the transcription of pathogenesis-related protein (PR protein) genes. Reactive oxygen species (ROS) such as H2O2 and NO from the oxidative burst play a signaling role, including initiation of the hypersensitive response (HR) and induction of systemic acquired resistance (SAR) to secondary infection by unrelated pathogens. Some PR proteins are able to degrade the cell walls of invading microorganisms, and phytoalexins are directly microbicidal. Other defense related pathways are regulated by salicylic acid (SA) or methyl jasmonate (MeJ).
  • These responses depend on the recognition of a microbial avirulence gene product (avr) by a plant resistance gene product (R), and a series of downstream signaling events leading to transcription-independent and transcription-dependent disease resistance responses. R-gene-encoded receptors specifically interact with pathogen-encoded ligands to trigger a signal transduction cascade. Several components include ndr1 and eds1 loci. NDR1, EDS1, PR1, as well as PDF1.2, a MeJ regulated gene and Nim1, a SA regulated gene, are differentially regulated in plants with mutations in the LOL2 gene.
  • LOL2 shares a novel zinc finger motif with LSD1, a negative regulator of cell death and defense response. Due to an alternative splice site, the LOL2 gene encodes two different proteins, one of which contains an additional, putative DNA binding motif. Northern analysis demonstrates that LOL2 transcripts containing the additional DNA binding motif are predominantly upregulated after treatment with both virulent and avirulent Pseudomonas syringae pv maculicola strains. Modulation of this gene confers enhanced resistance to virulent and avirulent Peronospora parasitica isolates.
  • LOL2 responsive genes and gene products are useful to alter pathogen tolerance and/or resistance, including bacteria, fungus, virus, insects and nematodes.
  • Iron Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Iron (Fe) deficiency in humans is the most prevalent nutritional problem worldwide today. Increasing iron availability via diet is a sustainable malnutrition solution for many of the world's nations. One-third of the world's soils, however, are iron deficient. Consequently, to form a food-based solution to iron malnutrition we need a better understanding of iron uptake, storage and utilization by plants. Furthermore, exposure to non-toxic Fe levels affects inherent plant defense mechanisms. Consequently, altering the expression of Fe response genes leads to an increase in plant disease resistance, in addition to improvements in human nutrition.
  • Shade Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Plants sense the ratio of Red (R):Far Red (FR) light in their environment and respond differently to particular ratios. A low R:FR ratio, for example, enhances cell elongation and favors flowering over leaf production. The changes in R:FR ratios mimic and cause the shading response effects in plants. The response of a plant to shade in the canopy structures of agricultural crop fields influences crop yields significantly. Therefore manipulation of genes regulating the shade avoidance responses can improve crop yields.
  • While phytochromes mediate the shade avoidance response, the down-stream factors participating in this pathway are largely unknown. One potential downstream participant, ATHB-2, is a member of the HD-Zip class of transcription factors and shows a strong and rapid response to changes in the R:FR ratio. ATHB-2 overexpressors have a thinner root mass, smaller and fewer leaves and longer hypocotyls and petioles. This elongation arises from longer epidermal and cortical cells, and a decrease in secondary vascular tissues, paralleling the changes observed in wild-type seedlings grown under conditions simulating canopy shade.
  • On the other hand, plants with reduced ATHB-2 expression have a thick root mass and many larger leaves and shorter hypocotyls and petioles. Here, the changes in the hypocotyl result from shorter epidermal and cortical cells and increased proliferation of vascular tissue. Interestingly, application of Auxin is able to reverse the root phenotypic consequences of high ATHB-2 levels, restoring the wild-type phenotype. Consequently, given that ATHB-2 is tightly regulated by phytochrome, these data indicate that ATHB-2 links the Auxin and phytochrome pathways in the shade avoidance response pathway.
  • Shade responsive genes can be used to modulate plant growth and development.
  • Sulfur Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Sulfur is one of the important macronutrients required by plants. It is taken up from the soil solution by roots as in the form of sulfate anion which higher plants are dependent on to fulfill their nutritional sulfur requirement. After uptake from the soil, sulfate is either accumulated and stored in vacuole or it is assimilated into various organic compounds, e.g. cysteine, glutathione, methionine, etc. Thus, plants also serve as nutritional sulfur sources for animals. Sulfur can be assimilated in one of two ways: it is either incorporated as sulfate in a reaction called sulfation, or it is first reduced to sulfide, the substrate for cysteine synthesis. In plants, majority of sulfur is assimilated in reduced form.
  • Sulfur comprises a small but vital fraction of the atoms in many protein molecules. As disulfide bridges, the sulfur atoms aid in stabilizing the folded proteins. Cys is the first sulfur-containing amino acid, which forms disulfide bonds that affects the tertiary structures in proteins and enzyme activities. This redox balance is mediated by the disulfide/thiol interchange of thioredoxin or glutaredoxin using NADPH as an electron donor. Sulfur can also become sulfhydryl (SH) groups participating in the active sites of some enzymes and some enzymes require the aid of small molecules that contain sulfur. In addition, the machinery of photosynthesis includes some sulfur-containing compounds, such as ferrodoxin. Thus, sulfate assimilation plays important roles not only in the sulfur nutrition but also in the ubiquitous process that may regulate the biochemical reactions of various metabolic pathways.
  • Sulfur deficiency leads to a marked chlorosis in younger leaves, which may become white in color. Other symptoms of sulfur deficiency includes weak stems and reduced growth. Adding sulfur fertilizer to plants can increase root development and a deeper green color of the leaves in sulfur-deficient plants. Sulfur, however, is generally sufficient in soils for two reasons: (1) it is a contaminant in potassium and other fertilizers and (2) is a product of industrial combustion. Sulfur limitation in plants is thus likely due to the limitation in uptake and distribution in plants.
  • Seven cell type specific sulfate transporter genes have been isolated from Arabidopsis. In sulfate-starved plants, expression of the high-affinity transporter, AtST1-1, is induced in root epidermis and cortex for acquisition of sulfur. The low affinity transporter, AtST2-1 (AST68), accumulates in the root vascular tissue by sulfate starvation for root-to-shoot transport of sulfate. These studies show that the whole-plant process of sulfate transport is coordinately regulated by the expression of these 2 sulfate transporter genes under sulfur limited conditions. Recent studies propose that feeding of O-acetylserine, GSH and selenate regulates the expression of AtST1-1 and AtST2-1 (AST68) in roots either positively or negatively. There are regulatory interactions between assimilatory sulfate and nitrate reduction in plants. The two assimilatory pathways are very similar and well coordinated; deficiency for one element represses the other pathway.
  • Manipulation of sulfur responsive genes improves plant nutrition, growth and development.
  • Zinc Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Phytoremediation of soils contaminated with toxic levels of heavy metals requires the understanding of plant metal transport and tolerance. The numerous Arabidopsis thaliana studies give scientists the potential for dissection and elucidation of plant micronutrient/heavy metal uptake and accumulation pathways. Altered regulation of ZNT1, a Zn/Cd transporter, contributes to high Zn uptake. Isolation and characterization of Zn/Cd hyperaccumulation genes allows expression in higher biomass plant species for efficient contaminated soil clean up. Identification of additional Zn transport, tolerance and nutrition-related genes involved in heavy metal accumulation enables manipulation of increased uptake (for phytoremediation) as well as limitation of uptake or leak pathways that contribute to toxicity in crop plants. Additionally, Zn-binding ligands involved in Zn homeostasis or tolerance are identified, as well as factors affecting the activity or expression of Zn binding transcription factors.
  • Vigor Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Great agronomic value can result from modulating the vigor of a plant as a whole, or of any one of a plants' organs.
  • Manipulation of genes, gene components and gene products that modulate plant vigor results in many traits of economic interest including increases in seed and fruit size and increases in lodging resistance.
  • Sterol Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Sterols are essential for all eukaryotes. In contrast to animal and fungal cells which contain only one major sterol, plant cells synthesize a complex array of different sterol compounds in which sitosterol, stigmasterol and 24-methylcholesterol are the major constituents. Sitosterol and 24-methylcholesterol affect membrane fluidity and permeability in plant cell membranes in a similar manner to the way cholesterol affects membrane fluidity and permeability in mammalian cell membranes. Plant sterols can also modulate the activity of membrane-bound enzymes. Stigmasterol is required for cell proliferation. Sterols are synthesized from the isoprenoid pathway originating with mevalonate. The branch point into sterols occurs via squalene.
  • Sterol genes are useful to modulate plant growth and development.
  • Branching Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Modulating the amount of branches in a plant is useful to alter the plant architecture for ornamental or economic reasons.
  • The branching genes elucidated here increase or decrease the number of branches in a plant and thereby regulate many traits from ornamental plant shape to increased yield, including biomass, fruit or seed yield.
  • Brittle-Snap Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Brittle-snap is a phenomenon also referred to as greensnap or mid-season stalk breakage. This phenomenon is exemplified when rapidly growing corn stalks that are bent by a low tool bar become subject to breakage from wind as well as other physical phenomenon such as cultivation, tilling, or anhydrous N application. Corn is most vulnerable during the seven- to ten-day period prior to tasseling. Preliminary data based on laboratory analyses indicate that plant hybrids with either higher rates of lignification or higher lignin content as mature plants are more prone to brittle-snap. Economic consequences can be severe. For example, severe thunderstorms on Jul. 8, 1993, and Jul. 1, 1994 resulted in brittle-snap over a large portion of Nebraska's corn production area. Estimated losses were $200 million in Nebraska from the 1993 storm alone.
  • Brittle snap genes are useful to modulate plant yield.
  • pH Stress Responsive Genes, Gene Components and Products
  • Extreme soil pH conditions have a major influence on mineral nutrient uptake that is required to sustain plant growth and maximize plant yields. Plants exposed to low pH soil conditions develop deficiencies in nutrients such as phosphate, copper, molybdenum, potassium, sulfur, and nitrogen. Plants exposed to high pH soil conditions develop phosphate, iron, copper, manganese, and zinc deficiencies. Phosphate is the only nutrient that becomes limiting in both acidic and alkaline soils. Phosphate is a critical nutrient not just for plants, but for all organisms. Phosphorous is necessary for life-dependent molecules such as ATP, nucleic acids, and phospholipids and it also regulates carbon-amino acid metabolic function.
  • pH Stress genes are useful to modulate plant growth and development.
  • 3. THE GENES OF THE INVENTION
  • The sequences of the invention were isolated from Arabidopsis thaliana, corn, soybean, wheat, Brassica and others as noted in the Tables.
  • 4. USE OF THE GENES TO MAKE TRANSGENIC PLANTS
  • To use the sequences of the present invention or a combination of them or parts and/or mutants and/or fusions and/or variants of them, recombinant DNA constructs are prepared which comprise the polynucleotide sequences of the invention inserted into a vector, and which are suitable for transformation of plant cells. The construct is made using standard recombinant DNA techniques (Sambrook et al. 1989) and is introduced to the species of interest by Agrobacterium-mediated transformation or by other means of transformation as referenced below.
  • The vector backbone is any of those typical in the art such as plasmids, viruses, artificial chromosomes, BACs, YACs and PACs and vectors of the sort described by
      • (a) BAC: Shizuya et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 8794-8797 (1992); Hamilton et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93: 9975-9979 (1996);
      • (b) YAC: Burke et al., Science 236:806-812 (1987);
      • (c) PAC: Sternberg N. et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. Jan;87(1):103-7 (1990);
      • (d) Bacteria-Yeast Shuttle Vectors: Bradshaw et al., Nucl Acids Res 23: 4850-4856 (1995);
      • (e) Lambda Phage Vectors: Replacement Vector, e.g., Frischauf et al., J. Mol Biol 170: 827-842 (1983); or Insertion vector, e.g., Huynh et al., In: Glover N M (ed) DNA Cloning: A practical Approach, Vol. 1 Oxford: IRL Press (1985); T-DNA gene fusion vectors: Walden et al., Mol Cell Biol 1: 175-194 (1990); and
      • (g) Plasmid vectors: Sambrook et al., infra.
  • Typically, the construct comprises a vector containing a sequence of the present invention with any desired transcriptional and/or translational regulatory sequences, such as promoters, UTRs, and 3′ end termination sequences. Vectors can also include origins of replication, scaffold attachment regions (SARs), markers, homologous sequences, introns, etc. The vector may also comprise a marker gene that confers a selectable phenotype on plant cells. The marker may encode biocide resistance, particularly antibiotic resistance, such as resistance to kanamycin, G418, bleomycin, hygromycin, or herbicide resistance, such as resistance to chlorosulfuron or phosphinotricin.
  • A plant promoter fragment is used that directs transcription of the gene in all tissues of a regenerated plant and/or is a constitutive promoter, such as 35S. Alternatively, the plant promoter directs transcription of a sequence of the invention in a specific tissue (tissue-specific promoter) or is otherwise under more precise environmental control (inducible promoter).
  • If proper polypeptide production is desired, a polyadenylation region at the 3′-end of the coding region is typically included. The polyadenylation region is derived from the natural gene, from a variety of other plant genes, or from T-DNA.
  • Knock-In Constructs
  • Ectopic expression of the sequences of the invention is also accomplished using a “knock-in” approach. Here, the first component, an “activator line,” is created by generating a transgenic plant comprising a transcriptional activator operatively linked to a promoter. The second component comprises the desired cDNA sequence operatively linked to the target binding sequence/region of the transcriptional activator. The second component is transformed into the “activator line” or is used to transform a host plant to produce a “target” line that is crossed with the “activator line” by ordinary breeding methods. In either case, the result is the same. That is, the promoter drives production of the transcriptional activator protein that then binds to the target binding region to facilitate expression of the desired cDNA.
  • Any promoter that functions in plants is used in the first component, such as the 35S Cauliflower Mosaic Virus promoter or a tissue or organ specific promoter. Suitable transcriptional activator polypeptides include, but are not limited to, those encoding HAP1 and GAL4. The binding sequence recognized and targeted by the selected transcriptional activator protein is used in the second component.
  • Transformation
  • Techniques for transforming a wide variety of higher plant species are well known and described in the technical and scientific literature. See, e.g. Weising et al., Ann. Rev. Genet. 22:421 (1988); and Christou, Euphytica, v. 85, n. 1-3:13-27, (1995).
  • The person skilled in the art knows processes for the transformation of monocotyledonous and dicotyledonous plants. A variety of techniques are available for introducing DNA into a plant host cell. These techniques comprise transformation of plant cells by DNA injection, DNA electroporation, use of bolistics methods, protoplast fusion and via T-DNA using Agrobacterium tumefaciens or Agrobacterium rhizogenes, as well as further possibilities.
  • DNA constructs of the invention are introduced into the genome of the desired plant host by a variety of conventional techniques. For example, the DNA construct is introduced directly into the genomic DNA of the plant cell using techniques such as electroporation, microinjection and polyethylene glycol precipitation of plant cell protoplasts or protoplast fusion. Electroporation techniques are described in Fromm et al. Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 82:5824 (1985). Microinjection techniques are known in the art and well described in the scientific and patent literature. The plasmids do not have to fulfill specific requirements for use in DNA electroporation or DNA injection into plant cells. Simple plasmids such as pUC derivatives can be used.
  • The introduction of DNA constructs using polyethylene glycol precipitation is described in Paszkowski et al. EMBO J. 3:2717 (1984). Introduction of foreign DNA using protoplast fusion is described by Willmitzer (Willmitzer, L., 1993 Transgenic plants. In: Biotechnology, A Multi-Volume Comprehensive Treatise (H. J. Rehm, G. Reed, A. Pühler, P. Stadler, eds.), Vol. 2, 627-659, VCH Weinheim-New York-Basel-Cambridge).
  • Alternatively, the DNA constructs of the invention are introduced directly into plant tissue using ballistic methods, such as DNA particle bombardment. Ballistic transformation techniques are described in Klein et al. Nature 327:773 (1987). Introduction of foreign DNA using ballistics is described by Willmitzer (Willmitzer, L., 1993 Transgenic plants. In: Biotechnology, A Multi-Volume Comprehensive Treatise (H. J. Rehm, G. Reed, A. Püher, P. Stadler, eds.), Vol. 2, 627-659, VCH Weinheim-New York-Basel-Cambridge).
  • DNA constructs are also introduced with the help of Agrobacteria. The use of Agrobacteria for plant cell transformation is extensively examined and sufficiently disclosed in the specification of EP-A 120 516, and in Hoekema (In: The Binary Plant Vector System Offsetdrukkerij Kanters B. V., Alblasserdam (1985), Chapter V), Fraley et al. (Crit. Rev. Plant. Sci. 4, 1-46) and An et al. (EMBO J. 4 (1985), 277-287). Using this technique, the DNA constructs of the invention are combined with suitable T-DNA flanking regions and introduced into a conventional Agrobacterium tumefaciens host vector. The virulence functions of the Agrobacterium tumefaciens host direct the insertion of the construct and adjacent marker(s) into the plant cell DNA when the cell is infected by the bacteria (McCormac et al., 1997, Mol. Biotechnol. 8:199; Hamilton, 1997, Gene 200:107; Salomon et al., 1984 EMBO J. 3:141; Herrera-Estrella et al., 1983 EMBO J. 2:987). Agrobacterium tumefaciens-mediated transformation techniques, including disarming and use of binary or co-integrate vectors, are well described in the scientific literature. See, for example Hamilton, C M., Gene 200:107 (1997); Müller et al. Mol. Gen. Genet. 207:171 (1987); Komari et al. Plant J. 10:165 (1996); Venkateswarlu et al. Biotechnology 9:1103 (1991) and Gleave, A P., Plant Mol. Biol. 20:1203 (1992); Graves and Goldman, Plant Mol. Biol. 7:34 (1986) and Gould et al., Plant Physiology 95:426 (1991).
  • For plant cell T-DNA transfer of DNA, plant explants, plant cells that have been cultured in suspension or protoplasts are co-cultivated with Agrobacterium tumefaciens or Agrobacterium rhizogenes. Whole plants are regenerated from the infected plant material using a suitable medium that contains antibiotics or biocides for the selection of transformed cells. Plants obtained in this way are then examined for the presence of the DNA introduced. The transformation of dicotyledonous plants via Ti-plasmid-vector systems and Agrobacterium tumefaciens is well established.
  • Monocotyledonous plants are also transformed by means of Agrobacterium based vectors (See Chan et al., Plant Mol. Biol. 22 (1993), 491-506; Hiei et al., Plant J. 6 (1994), 271-282; Deng et al., Science in China 33 (1990), 28-34; Wilmink et al., Plant Cell Reports 11 (1992), 76-80; May et al., Bio/Technology 13 (1995), 486-492; Conner and Domisse; Int. J. Plant Sci. 153 (1992), 550-555; Ritchie et al., Transgenic Res. 2 (1993), 252-265). Maize transformation in particular is described in the literature (see, for example, WO95/06128, EP 0 513 849; EP 0 465 875; Fromm et al., Biotechnology 8 (1990), 833-844; Gordon-Kamm et al., Plant Cell 2 (1990), 603-618; Koziel et al., Biotechnology 11 (1993), 194-200). In EP 292 435 and in Shillito et al. (1989, Bio/Technology 7, 581) fertile plants are obtained from a mucus-free, soft (friable) maize callus. Prioli and Söndahl (1989, Bio/Technology 7, 589) also report regenerating fertile plants from maize protoplasts of the maize Cateto inbred line, Cat 100-1.
  • Other cereal species have also been successfully transformed, such as barley (Wan and Lemaux, see above; Ritala et al., see above) and wheat (Nehra et al., 1994, Plant J. 5, 285-297).
  • Alternatives to Agrobacterium transformation for monocotyledonous plants are ballistics, protoplast fusion, electroporation of partially permeabilized cells and use of glass fibers (See Wan and Lemaux, Plant Physiol. 104 (1994), 37-48; Vasil et al., Bio/Technology 11 (1993), 1553-1558; Ritala et al., Plant Mol. Biol. 24 (1994), 317-325; Spencer et al., Theor. Appl. Genet. 79 (1990), 625-631)).
  • Introduced DNA is usually stable after integration into the plant genome and is transmitted to the progeny of the transformed cell or plant. Generally the transformed plant cell contains a selectable marker that makes the transformed cells resistant to a biocide or an antibiotic such as kanamycin, G 418, bleomycin, hygromycin, phosphinotricin or others. Therefore, the individually chosen marker should allow the selection of transformed cells from cells lacking the introduced DNA.
  • The transformed cells grow within the plant in the usual way (McCormick et al., 1986, Plant Cell Reports 5 , 81-84) and the resulting plants are cultured normally. Transformed plant cells obtained by any of the above transformation techniques are cultured to regenerate a whole plant that possesses the transformed genotype and thus the desired phenotype. Such regeneration techniques rely on manipulation of certain phytohormones in a tissue culture growth medium, typically relying on a biocide and/or herbicide marker that has been introduced together with the desired nucleotide sequences.
  • Plant regeneration from cultured protoplasts is described in Evans et al., Protoplasts Isolation and Culture in “Handbook of Plant Cell Culture,” pp. 124-176, MacMillan Publishing Company, New York, 1983; and Binding, Regeneration of Plants, Plant Protoplasts, pp. 21-73, CRC Press, Boca Raton, 1988. Regeneration also occurs from plant callus, explants, organs, or parts thereof. Such regeneration techniques are described generally in Klee et al. Ann. Rev. of Plant Phys. 38:467 (1987). Regeneration of monocots (rice) is described by Hosoyama et al. (Biosci. Biotechnol. Biochem. 58:1500 (1994)) and by Ghosh et al. (J. Biotechnol. 32:1 (1994)).
  • Seeds are obtained from the plants and used for testing stability and inheritance. Generally, two or more generations are cultivated to ensure that the phenotypic feature is stably maintained and transmitted.
  • One of skill will recognize that after the expression cassette is stably incorporated in transgenic plants and confirmed to be operable, it can be introduced into other plants by sexual crossing. Any of a number of standard breeding techniques can be used, depending upon the species to be crossed.
  • The nucleic acids of the invention are used to confer the trait of increased yeild, on essentially any plant.
  • The nucleotide sequences according to the invention generally encode an appropriate protein from any organism, in particular from plants, fungi, bacteria or animals. The sequences preferably encode proteins from plants or fungi. Preferably, the plants are higher plants, in particular starch or oil storing useful plants, such as potato or cereals such as rice, maize, wheat, barley, rye, triticale, oat, millet, etc., as well as spinach, tobacco, sugar beet, soya, cotton etc.
  • In principle, the process according to the invention can be applied to any plant. Therefore, monocotyledonous as well as dicotyledonous plant species are particularly suitable. The process is preferably used with plants that are interesting for agriculture, horticulture and/or forestry. Examples are vegetable plants such as cucumber, melon, pumpkin, eggplant, zucchini, tomato, spinach, cabbage species, peas, beans, etc., as well as fruits such as pears, apples, etc.
  • Thus, the invention has use over a broad range of plants, including species from the genera Anacardium, Arachis, Asparagus, Atropa, Avena, Brassica, Citrus, Citrullus, Capsicum, Carthamus, Cocos, Coffea, Cucumis, Cucurbita, Daucus, Elaeis, Fragaria, Glycine, Gossypium, Helianthus, Heterocallis, Hordeum, Hyoscyamus, Lactuca, Linum, Lolium,Lupinus, Lycopersicon, Malus, Manihot, Majorana, Medicago, Nicotiana, Olea, Oryza, Panieum, Pannesetum, Persea, Phaseolus, Pistachia, Pisum, Pyrus, Prunus, Raphanus, Ricinus, Secale, Senecio, Sinapis, Solanum, Sorghum, Theobromus, Trigonella, Triticum, Vicia, Vitis, Vigna, and, Zea.
  • Microarray Analysis
  • A major way that a cell controls its response to internal or external stimuli is by regulating the rate of transcription of specific genes. For example, the differentiation of cells during organogenensis into forms characteristic of the organ is associated with the selective activation and repression of large numbers of genes. Thus, specific organs, tissues and cells are functionally distinct due to the different populations of mRNAs and protein products they possess. Internal signals program the selective activation and repression programs. For example, internally synthesized hormones produce such signals. The level of hormone is raised by increasing the level of transcription of genes encoding proteins concerned with hormone synthesis.
  • To measure how a cell reacts to internal and/or external stimuli, individual mRNA levels are measured and used as an indicator for the extent of transcription of the gene. Cells are exposed to a stimulus, and mRNA isolated and assayed at different time points after stimulation. The mRNA from the stimulated cells is compared to control cells that are not stimulated. The mRNA levels that are higher in the stimulated cell versus the control indicate a stimulus-specific response of the cell. The same is true of mRNA levels that are lower in stimulated cells versus the control condition.
  • Similar studies are performed with cells taken from an organism with a defined mutation in its genome as compared with cells without the mutation. Altered mRNA levels in the mutated cells indicate how the mutation causes transcriptional changes. These transcriptional changes are associated with the phenotype that the mutated cells exhibit that is different from the phenotype exhibited by the control cells.
  • Applicants use microarray techniques to measure the levels of mRNAs in cells from mutant plants, stimulated plants, and/or cells selected from specific organs. Microarray techniques are also used to measure the levels of mRNAs in cells from plants transformed with the polynucleotides of the invention. In this case, transformants with the genes of the invention are grown to an appropriate stage, and tissue samples prepared for the microarray differential expression analysis.
  • MICROARRAY EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURES AND RESULTS
  • Procedures
  • 1. Sample Tissue Preparation
  • Tissue samples for each of the expression analysis experiments are prepared as follows:
  • (a) Abscissic Acid (ABA)
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for 4 days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber having grown 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 13,000 LUX, 70% humidity, and 20° C. and watered twice a week with 1 L of 1× Hoagland's solution. Approximately 1,000 14 day old plants are sprayed with 200-250 mls of 100 μM ABA in a 0.02% solution of the detergent Silwet L-77. Whole seedlings, including roots, are harvested within a 15 to 20 minute time period at 1 hr and 6 hr after treatment, flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at −80° C.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A (Pioneer) are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in 1-liter beakers with 100 μM ABA for treatment. Control plants are treated with water. After 6 hr and 24 hr, aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at 80° C.
  • (b) Ap2
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Landesberg erecta) and floral mutant apetala2 (Jofuku et al., 1994, Plant Cell 6:1211-1225) are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light, 8 hr dark) conditions 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity and 22° C. temperature. Inflorescences containing immature floral buds (stages 1-7; Bowman, 1994) as wel as the inflorescence meristem are harvested and flashfrozen. Polysomal polyA+ RNA is isolated from tissue according to Cox and Goldberg, 1988).
  • (c) Arabidopsis Endosperm
  • mea/mea Fruits 0-10 mm
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana heterozygous for the fertilization-independent endosperm1 (fie1) [Ohad et al., 1996; ecotype Landsberg erecta (Ler)] are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. Kiyosue et al. (1999) subsequently determined that fie1 was allelic to the gametophytic maternal effect mutant medea (Grossniklaus et al., 1998). Imbibed seeds are then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light: 8 hr dark) conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity, and 22° C. temperature. 1-2 siliques (fruits) bearing developing seeds just prior to dessication [9 days after flowering (DAF)] are selected from each plant and are hand-dissected to identify wild-type, mea/+ heterozygotes, and mea/mea homozygous mutant plants. At this stage, homozygous mea/mea plants produce short siliques that contain >70% aborted seed and can be distinguished from those produced by wild-type (100% viable seed) and mea/+ heterozygous (50% viable seed) plants (Ohad et al., 1996; Grossniklaus et al., 1998; Kiyosue et al., 1999). Siliques 0-10 mm in length containing developing seeds 0-9 DAF produced by homozygous mea/mea plants are harvested and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen.
  • Pods 0-10 mm (Control Tissue for Sample 70)
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana heterozygous for the fertilization-independent endosperm1 (fie1) [Ohad et al., 1996; ecotype Landsberg erecta (Ler)] are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. Kiyosue et al. (1999) subsequently determined that fie1 was allelic to the gametophytic maternal effect mutant medea (Grossniklaus et al., 1998). Imbibed seeds are then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light: 8 hr dark) conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity, and 22° C. temperature. 1-2 siliques (fruits) bearing developing seeds just prior to dessication [9 days after flowering (DAF)] are selected from each plant and are hand-dissected to identify wild-type, mea/+ heterozygotes, and mea/mea homozygous mutant plants. At this stage, homozygous mea/mea plants produce short siliques that contain >70% aborted seed and can be distinguished from those produced by wild-type (100% viable seed) and mea/+heterozygous (50% viable seed) plants (Ohad et al., 1996; Grossniklaus et al., 1998; Kiyosue et al., 1999). Siliques 0-10 mm in length containing developing seeds 0-9 DAF produced by segregating wild-type plants are opened and the seeds removed. The remaining tissues (pods minus seed) are harvested and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen.
  • (d) Arabidopsis Seeds
  • Fruits (pod+seed) 0-5 mm
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light: 8 hr dark) conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity, and 22° C. temperature. 3-4 siliques (fruits) bearing developing seeds are selected from at least 3 plants and are hand-dissected to determine what developmental stage(s) is represented by the enclosed embryos. Description of the stages of Arabidopsis embryogenesis used in this determination were summarized by Bowman (1994). Silique lengths are then determined and used as an approximate determinant for embryonic stage. Siliques 0-5 mm in length containing post fertilization through pre-heart stage [0-72 hours after fertilization (HAF)] embryos are harvested and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen.
  • Fruits (pod+seed) 5-10 mm
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light: 8 hr dark) conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity, and 22° C. temperature. 3-4 siliques (fruits) bearing developing seeds were selected from at least 3 plants and are hand-dissected to determine what developmental stage(s) are represented by the enclosed embryos. Description of the stages of Arabidopsis embryogenesis used in this determination are summarized by Bowman (1994). Silique lengths are then determined and used as an approximate determinant for embryonic stage. Siliques 5-10 mm in length containing heart-through early upturned-U-stage [72-120 hours after fertilization (HAF)] embryos are harvested and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen.
  • Fruits (pod+seed) >10 mm
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light: 8 hr dark) conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity, and 22° C. temperature. 3-4 siliques (fruits) bearing developing seeds are selected from at least 3 plants and were hand-dissected to determine what developmental stage(s) are represented by the enclosed embryos. Description of the stages of Arabidopsis embryogenesis used in this determination were summarized by Bowman (1994). Silique lengths are then determined and used as an approximate determinant for embryonic stage. Siliques >10 mm in length containing green, late upturned-U-stage [>120 hours after fertilization (HAF)-9 days after flowering (DAF)] embryos are harvested and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen.
  • Green Pods 5-10 mm (Control Tissue for Samples 72-74)
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light: 8 hr dark) conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity, and 22° C. temperature. 3-4 siliques (fruits) bearing developing seeds are selected from at least 3 plants and are hand-dissected to determine what developmental stage(s) are represented by the enclosed embryos. Description of the stages of Arabidopsis embryogenesis used in this determination are summarized by Bowman (1994). Silique lengths are then determined and used as an approximate determinant for embryonic stage. Green siliques 5-10 mm in length containing developing seeds 72-120 hours after fertilization (HAF)] are opened and the seeds removed. The remaining tissues (green pods minus seed) were harvested and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen.
  • Green Seeds from Fruits >10 mm
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light: 8 hr dark) conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity, and 22° C. temperature. 3-4 siliques (fruits) bearing developing seeds are selected from at least 3 plants and are hand-dissected to determine what developmental stage(s) are represented by the enclosed embryos. Description of the stages of Arabidopsis embryogenesis used in this determination were summarized by Bowman (1994). Silique lengths are then determined and used as an approximate determinant for embryonic stage. Green siliques >10 mm in length containing developing seeds up to 9 days after flowering (DAF)] are opened and the seeds removed and harvested and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen.
  • Brown Seeds from Fruits >10 mm
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light: 8 hr dark) conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity, and 22° C. temperature. 3-4 siliques (fruits) bearing developing seeds are selected from at least 3 plants and are hand-dissected to determine what developmental stage(s) are represented by the enclosed embryos. Description of the stages of Arabidopsis embryogenesis used in this determination were summarized by Bowman (1994). Silique lengths are then determined and used as an approximate determinant for embryonic stage. Yellowing siliques >10 mm in length containing brown, dessicating seeds >11 days after flowering (DAF)] are opened and the seeds removed and harvested and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen.
  • Green/Brown Seeds from Fruits >10 mm
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. They were then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light: 8 hr dark) conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity, and 22° C. temperature. 3-4 siliques (fruits) bearing developing seeds are selected from at least 3 plants and are hand-dissected to determine what developmental stage(s) are represented by the enclosed embryos. Description of the stages of Arabidopsis embryogenesis used in this determination were summarized by Bowman (1994). Silique lengths are then determined and used as an approximate determinant for embryonic stage. Green siliques >10 mm in length containing both green and brown seeds >9 days after flowering (DAF)] are opened and the seeds removed and harvested and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen.
  • Mature Seeds (24 Hours After Imbibition)
  • Mature dry seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown onto moistened filter paper and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. Imbibed seeds are then transferred to a growth chamber [16 hr light: 8 hr dark conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity, and 22° C. temperature], the emerging seedlings harvested after 48 hours and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen.
  • Mature Seeds (Dry)
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light: 8 hr dark) conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity, and 22° C. temperature and taken to maturity. Mature dry seeds are collected, dried for one week at 28° C., and vernalized for one week at 4° C. before use as a source of RNA.
  • Ovules (Ler-pi)
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana heterozygous for pistillata (pi) (ecotype Landsberg erecta (Ler)) are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light: 8 hr dark) conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 76% humidity, and 24° C. temperature. Inflorescences are harvested from seedlings about 40 days old. The inflorescences are cut into small pieces and incubated in the following enzyme solution (pH 5) at room temperature for 0.5-1 hr.: 0.2% pectolyase Y-23, 0.04% pectinase, 5 mM MES, 3% Sucrose and MS salts (1900 mg/l KNO3, 1650 mg/1 NH4NO3, 370 mg/l MgSO4.7 H2O, 170 mg/l KH2PO4, 440 mg/l CaCl2.2 H2O, 6.2 mg/l H2BO3, 15.6 mg/l MnSO4.4 H2O, 8.6 mg/l ZnSO4.7 H2O, 0.25 mg/l NaMoO4.2 H2O, 0.025 mg/l CuCO4.5 H2O, 0.025 mg/l CoCl2.6 H2O, 0.83 mg/l KI, 27.8 mg/l FeSO4.7 H2O, 37.3 mg/l Disodium EDTA, pH 5.8). At the end of the incubation the mixture of inflorescence material and enzyme solution is passed through a size 60 sieve and then through a sieve with a pore size of 125 μm. Ovules greater than 125 μm in diameter are collected, rinsed twice in B5 liquid medium (2500 mg/l KNO3, 250 mg/l MgSO4.7 H2O, 150 mg/l NaH2PO4.H2O, 150 mg/l CaCl2.2 H2O, 134 mg/l (NH4)2 CaCl2.SO4, 3 mg/l H2BO3, 10 mg/l MnSO4.4 H2O, 2 ZnSO4.7 H2O, 0.25 mg/l NaMoO4.2 H2O, 0.025 mg/l CuCO4.5 H2O, 0.025 mg/l CoCl2.6 H2O, 0.75 mg/l KI, 40 mg/l EDTA sodium ferric salt, 20 g/l sucrose, 10 mg/l Thiamine hydrochloride, 1 mg/l Pyridoxine hydrochloride, 1 mg/l Nicotinic acid, 100 mg/l myo-inositol, pH 5.5)), rinsed once in deionized water and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen. The supernatant from the 125 μm sieving is passed through subsequent sieves of 50 μm and 32 μm. The tissue retained in the 32 μm sieve is collected and mRNA prepared for use as a control.
  • (e) Auxin Responsive (NAA)
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for 4 days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 13,000 LUX, 70% humidity, 20° C. and watered twice a week with 1 L of 1× Hoagland's solution (recipe recited in Feldmann et al., (1987) Mol. Gen. Genet. 208: 1-9 and described as complete nutrient solution). Approximately 1,000 14 day old plants are spayed with 200-250 mls of 100 μM NAA in a 0.02% solution of the detergent Silwet L-77. Aerial tissues (everything above the soil line) are harvested within a 15 to 20 minute time period 1 hr and 6 hrs after treatment, flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at 80° C.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A (Pioneer) are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in 1-liter beakers with 100 μM NAA for treatment. Control plants are treated with water. After 6 hr and 24 hr, aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at 80° C.
  • (f) Brassinosteroid Responsive (Br, Bz)
  • Two separate experiments are performed, one with epi-brassinolide and one with the brassinosteroid biosynthetic inhibitor brassinazole. In the epi-brassinolide experiments, seeds of wild-type Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) and the brassinosteroid biosynthetic mutant dwf4-1 are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for 4 days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 11,000 LUX, 70% humidity and 22° C. temperature. Four week old plants are spayed with a 1 μM solution of epi-brassinolide and shoot parts (unopened floral primordia and shoot apical meristems) harvested three hours later. Tissue is flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at 80° C.
  • In the brassinazole experiments, seeds of wild-type Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are grown as described above. Four week old plants are sprayed with a 1 μM solution of brassinazole and shoot parts (unopened floral primordia and shoot apical meristems) harvested three hours later. Tissue is flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at 80° C.
  • In addition to the spray experiments, tissue is prepared from two different mutants; (1) a dwf4-1 knock out mutant and (2) a mutant overexpressing the dwf4-1 gene
  • Seeds of wild-type Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) and of the dwf4-1 knock out and overexpressor mutants are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for 4 days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 11,000 LUX, 70% humidity and 22° C. temperature. Tissue from shoot parts (unopened floral primordia and shoot apical meristems) is flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at 80° C.
  • Another experiment is completed with seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) that are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for 4 days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light: 8 hr. dark) conditions, 13,000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity, 20° C. temperature and watered twice a week with 1 L 1× Hoagland's solution (recipe recited in Feldmann et al., (1987) Mol. Gen. Genet. 208: 1-9 and described as complete nutrient solution). Approximately 1,000 14 day old plants are spayed with 200-250 mls of 0.1 μM Epi-Brassinolite in 0.02% solution of the detergent Silwet L-77. At 1 hr. and 6 hrs. after treatment aerial tissues are harvested within a 15 to 20 minute time period and flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A (Pioneer) are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in 1-liter beakers with 0.1 μM epi-brassinolide for treatment. Control plants are treated with distilled deionized water. After 24 hr, aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at −80° C.
  • (g) CS237
  • CS237 is an ethylene triple response mutant that is insensitive to ethylene and which has an etr1-1 phenotype. Arabidopsis thaliana CS237 seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before sowing. Aerial tissue is collected from mutants and wild-type Columbia ecotype plants, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at −80° C.
  • (h) CS6630
  • Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before sowing on MS media (1%) sucrose on bactor-agar. Roots and shoots are separated 14 days after germination, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at 80° C.
  • (i) CS6632
  • Seedlings are grown on regular MS (1% sucrose) bacto-agar. 14 day old seedlings (days after germination) roots and shoots are separated and flash frozen in liquid N2.
  • (i) CS6632_Shoots-Roots
  • Seedlings are grown on regular MS (1% sucrose) bacto-agar. 14 day old seedlings (days after germination) roots and shoots were separated nand flash frozen in liquid N2.
  • (k) CS6879_Shoots-Roots
  • Seedlings are grown vertically on regular MS (1% sucrose) bacto agar plates for 14 days. The roots are then isolated, flash frozen and RNA isolated.
  • (l) CS8548
  • RNA from wild-type and mutant whole plants is prepared and compared.
  • (m) Caf
  • Carple factory (Caf) is a double-stranded RNAse protein that is hypothesized to process small RNAs in Arabidopsis. The protein is closely related to a Drosophila protein named DICER that functions in the RNA degradation steps of RNA interference. Arabidopsis thaliana Caf mutant seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before sowing in flats of MetroMix 200. Flats are placed in the greenhouse, watered and grown to the 8 leaf, pre-flower stage. Stems and rosette leaves are harvested from the mutants and the wild-type segregants, flash frozen and stored at −80° C.
  • (n) Cold (8 deg)
  • Sterilized Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) seeds are kept at 4° C. in dark for three days and carefully spread on 0.5× MS plates by dispersing ˜300-500 seeds on agar surface. Plates are left to dry in the hood for 15-20 min. and then sealed with micropore tape. Plates are placed in a Percival growth chamber set at 22C, 16 h light/8 h dark. By day 7 (9 AM), half of plates are moved into another Percival growth chamber whose setting is identical to the previous one except that the temperature is set to 8° C. Plants are gently pulled out from plates and harvested/frozen at 2 hrs, 4 hrs, 8 hrs, 2 days, 4 days, 7 days, 9 days and 11 days after transfer. Samples kept in the 22° C. chamber are harvested at the same time as the cold-treated samples.
  • (o) Cold Shock Treatment
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for three days to vernalize before being transferred to a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 12,000-14,000 LUX, 20° C. and 70% humidity. Fourteen day old plants are transferred to a 4° C. dark growth chamber and aerial tissues are harvested 1 hour and 6 hours later. Control plants are maintained at 20° C. and covered with foil to avoid exposure to light. Tissues are flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at −80° C.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A (Pioneer) are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in 1-liter beakers containing 4° C. water for treatment. Control plants are treated with water at 25° C. After 1 hr and 6 hr aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at −80° C.
  • (p) Cytokinin (BA)
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for 4 days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 13,000 LUX, 70% humidity, 20° C. temperature and watered twice a week with 1 L of 1× Hoagland's solution. Approximately 1,000 14 day old plants are spayed with 200-250 mls of 100 μM BA in a 0.02% solution of the detergent Silwet L-77. Aerial tissues (everything above the soil line) are harvested within a 15 to 20 minute time period 1 hr and 6 hrs after treatment, flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at 80° C.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A (Pioneer) are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats were watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in 1-liter beakers with 100 μM BA for treatment. Control plants are treated with water. After 6 hr, aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at 80° C.
  • (q) Diversity Expt
  • Sterilized and wild-type Arabidopsis thaliana seeds (ecotype Wassilewskija) and wild-type Arabis holboellii seeds are sown in MS boxes (0.5% sucrose, 1.5% agar) after 3day-cold treatment. The boxes are placed horizontally in a Percival growth chamber (16:8 light cycles, 22° C.) so that hypocotyls grow upward. The hypocotyls are harvested after 7d in the chamber, flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at −80° C.
  • (r) DMT-II
  • Demeter (dmt) is a mutant of a methyl transferase gene and is similar to fie. Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before sowing. Cauline leaves and closed flowers are isolated from 35S::DMT and dmt −/− plant lines, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at −80° C.
  • (s) Drought Reproduction
  • Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) seeds are kept at 4° C. in dark for three days and then sown in soil mix (Metromix 200) with a regular watering schedule (1.5-2 L per flat per week). Drought treatment by withholding water starts when plants are 30-days-old. The control samples are watered as before. Rosettes, flowers (with siliques less than 5 mm) and siliques (>5 mm) are harvested separately on day 5, 7 and 10 post-drought-treatment (PDT). By day 10 PDT, the majority of drought plants are wilted and unable to recover after re-watering and the experiment is terminated. The samples are harvested between 2-5 PM. Plants are grown in a walk-in growth chamber under these conditions: 16 h light/8 hr dark, 70% relative humidity, 20° C. light/18° C. dark for the first 10 days, and under 22° C. light/20° C. dark for the following days.
  • (t) Drought Stress
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for three days to vernalize before being transferred to a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 150,000-160,000 LUX, 20° C. and 70% humidity. After 14 days, aerial tissues are cut and left to dry on 3 MM Whatman paper in a petri-plate for 1 hour and 6 hours. Aerial tissues exposed for 1 hour and 6 hours to 3 MM Whatman paper wetted with 1× Hoagland's solution serve as controls. Tissues are harvested, flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at −80° C.
  • Alternatively, Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) seed is vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before sowing in Metromix soil type 350. Flats are placed in a growth chamber with 23° C., 16 hr light/8 hr. dark, 80% relative humidity, ˜13,000 LUX for germination and growth. Plants are watered with 1-1.5 L of water every four days. Watering is stopped 16 days after germination for the treated samples, but continues for the control samples. Rosette leaves and stems, flowers and siliques are harvested 2 d, 3 d, 4 d, 5 d, 6 d and 7 d after watering is stopped. Tissue is flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and kept at 80° C. until RNA is isolated. Flowers and siliques are also harvested on day 8 from plants that had undergone a 7 d drought treatment followed by 1 day of watering. Control plants (whole plants) are harvested after 5 weeks, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored as above.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A (Pioneer) are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in empty 1-liter beakers at room temperature for treatment. Control plants are placed in water. After 1 hr, 6 hr, 12 hr and 24 hr aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at 80° C.
  • (u) Far-Red-Enriched-Adult
  • Wildtype Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Columbia) seeds are planted on soil and vernalized for 4 days at 4° C. Soil sown plants are grown in a growth room (16 h light/8 h dark, 22° C.; 4 bulbs total alternating Gro-Lux and cool whites); light measurements are as follows: Red=330.9 μW/cm2, Blue=267 μW/cm2, Far Red=56.1 μW/cm2. At 4 weeks after germination, the soil pots are transferred to shade environment (16 h light/8 h dark; Red=376 μW/cm2, Blue=266 μW/cm2, Far Red=552 μW/cm2) for various durations of exposure time (1, 4, 8, 16, 24, 48, and 72 hrs). After timed exposure, above ground tissue is flash frozen with liquid nitrogen and stored at −80° C. Control seedlings are not transferred, but are collected at the same time as corresponding shade-exposed experimental samples.
  • (v) Far-Red-Induction
  • Seeds from wildtype Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Columbia) are vernalized in sterile water for 4 days at 4° C. prior to planting. Seeds are then sterilized and evenly planted on 0.5% sucrose MS media plates. Plates are sealed with Scotch micropore tape to allow for gas exchange and prevent contamination. Plates are grown in a growth room (16 h light/8 h dark, 22° C.; 6 bulbs total Gro-Lux); light measurements are as follows: Red=646.4 μW/cm2, Blue=387 μW/cm2, Far Red=158.7 μW/cm2. At 7 days after germination, the plates containing the seedlings are transferred to Far Red light only (Far Red=525 μW/cm2) for various durations of exposure time (1, 4, 8, and 24 hrs). After timed exposure, tissue is flash frozen with liquid nitrogen and stored at −80° C. Control seedlings are not transferred, but are collected at same time as the corresponding far-red exposed experimental samples.
  • (w) Far-Red-Induction-Adult
  • Wildtype Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Columbia) seeds are planted on soil and vernalized for 4 days at 4° C. Soil sown plants are grown in a growth room (16 h light/8 h dark, 22° C.; 4 bulbs total alternating Gro-Lux and cool whites); light measurements are as follows: Red=330.9 μW/cm2, Blue=267 μW/cm2, Far Red=56.1 μW/cm2. At 4 weeks after germination, the soil pots are transferred to shade environment (16 h light/8 h dark; Red=376 μW/cm2, Blue=266 μW/cm2, Far Red=552 μW/cm2) for various durations of exposure time (1, 4, 8, 16, 24, 48, and 72 hrs). After timed exposure, above ground tissue is flash frozen with liquid nitrogen and stored at −80° C. Control seedlings are not transferred, but are collected at same time as the corresponding shade-exposed experimental samples.
  • (x) Flowers (Green, White or Buds)
  • Approximately 10 μl of Arabidopsis thaliana seeds (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown on 350 soil (containing 0.03% marathon) and vernalized at 4 C for 3 days. Plants are then grown at room temperature under fluorescent lighting until flowering. Flowers are harvested after 28 days in three different categories. Buds that had not opened at all and are completely green are categorized as “flower buds” (also referred to as green buds by the investigator). Buds that had started to open, with white petals emerging slightly are categorized as “green flowers” (also referred to as white buds by the investigator). Flowers that are mostly opened (with no silique elongation) with white petals completely visible are categorized as “white flowers” (also referred to as open flowers by the investigator). Buds and flowers are harvested with forceps, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at 80° C. until RNA is isolated.
  • (y) Germination
  • Arabidopsis thaliana seeds (ecotype Wassilewskija) is sterilized in bleach and rinsed with sterile water. The seeds are placed in 100 mm petri plates containing soaked autoclaved filter paper. Plates are foil-wrapped and left at 4° C. for 3 nights to vernalize. After cold treatment, the foil is removed and plates are placed into a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark cycles, 23° C., 70% relative humidity and ˜11,000 lux. Seeds are collected 1 d, 2 d, 3 d and 4 d later, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at −80° C. until RNA is isolated.
  • (z) Gibberillic Acid (GA)
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for 4 days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr. dark, 13,000 LUX, 70% humidity, 20° C. and watered twice a week with 1 L of 1× Hoagland's solution. Approximately 1,000 14 day old plants are sprayed with 200-250 mls of 100 μM gibberillic acid in a 0.02% solution of the detergent Silwet L-77. At 1 hr. and 6 hrs. after treatment, aerial tissues (everything above the soil line) are harvested within a 15 to 20 minute time period, flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at 80° C.
  • Alternatively, seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Ws) are sown in Metro-mix soil type 350 and left at 4° C. for 3 days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 13,000 LUX, 80% humidity, 20° C. temperature and watered every four days with 1.5 L water. Fourteen (14) days after germination, plants are sprayed with 100 μM gibberillic acid or with water. Aerial tissues are harvested 1 hr 6 hrs 12 hrs and 24 hrs post-treatment, flash frozen and stored at −80° C.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A (Pioneer) are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in 1-liter beakers with 100 μM gibberillic acid for treatment. Control plants are treated with water. After 1 hr, 6 hr and 12 hr, aerial and root tissues were separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at −8 80° C.
  • (aa) Guard Cells
  • Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before sowing. Leaves are harvested, homogenized and centrifuged to isolate the guard cell containing fraction. Homogenate from leaves served as the control. Samples are flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at −80° C. Identical experiments using leaf tissue from canola are performed.
  • (bb) Heat Shock Treatment
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for three days to vernalize before being transferred to a growth chamber with 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 12,000-14,000 LUX, 70% humidity and 20° C., fourteen day old plants are transferred to a 42° C. growth chamber and aerial tissues are harvested 1 hr and 6 hr after transfer. Control plants are left at 20° c. and aerial tissues are harvested. Tissues are flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at 80° c.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A (Pioneer) are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in 1-liter beakers containing 42° C. water for treatment. Control plants are treated with water at 25° C. After 1 hr and 6 hr aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at 80° C.
  • (cc) Herbicide Treatment
  • Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) seeds are sterilized for 5 min. with 30% bleach, 50 μl Triton in a total volume of 50 ml. Seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before being plated onto GM agar plates at a density of about 144 seeds per plate. Plates are incubated in a Percival growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 80% relative humidity, 22° C. and 11,000 LUX for 14 days.
  • Plates are sprayed (˜0.5 mls/plate) with water, Finale (1.128 g/L), Glean (1.88 g/L), RoundUp (0.01 g/L) or Trimec (0.08 g/L). Tissue is collected and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen at the following time points: 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 12, and 24 hours. Frozen tissue is stored at 80° C. prior to RNA isolation.
  • (dd) Imbibed Seed
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A (Pioneer) are sown in water-moistened sand in covered flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. One day after sowing, whole seeds are flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at 80° C. Two days after sowing, embryos and endosperm are isolated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at −80° C. On days 3-6, aerial tissues, roots and endosperm are isolated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at 80° C.
  • (ee) Interploidy Crosses
  • Interploidy crosses involving a 6× parent are lethal. Crosses involving a 4× parent are complete and analyzed. The imbalance in the maternal/paternal ratio produced from the cross can lead to big seeds. Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before sowing. Small siliques are harvested at 5 days after pollination, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at −80° C.
  • (ff) Leaf Mutant 3642:
  • Mutant 3642 is a recessive mutation that causes abnormal leaf development. The leaves of mutant 3642 plants are characterized by leaf twisting and irregular leaf shape. Mutant 3642 plants also exhibit abnormally shaped floral organs which results in reduced fertility.
  • Seed segregating for the mutant phenotype are sown in Metro-mix 350 soil and grown in a Conviron growth chamber with watering by sub-irrigation twice a week. Environmental conditions are set at 20 degrees Celsius, 70% humidity with an 8 hour day, 16 hour night light regime. Plants are harvested after 4 weeks of growth and the entire aerial portion of the plant is harvested and immediately frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at 80° C. Mutant phenotype plants are harvested separately from normal phenotype plants, which serve as the control tissue.
  • (gg) Line Comparisons
  • Alkaloid 35S over-expressing lines are used to monitor the expression levels of terpenoid/alkaloid biosynthetic and P450 genes to identify the transcriptional regulatory points in the biosynthesis pathway and the related P450 genes. Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before sowing in vermiculite soil (Zonolite) supplemented by Hoagland solution. Flats are placed in Conviron growth chambers under long day conditions (16 hr light, 23° C./8 hr dark, 20° C.). Basta spray and selection of the overexpressing lines is conducted about 2 weeks after germination. Approximately 2-3 weeks after bolting (approximately 5-6 weeks after germination), aerial portions (e.g. stem and siliques) from the over-expressing lines and from wild-type plants are harvested, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at −80° C.
  • (hh) Methyl Jasmonate (MeJ)
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for 4 days to vernalize before being transferred to a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr. dark, 13,000 LUX, 70% humidity, 20° C. temperature and watered twice a week with 1 L of a 1× Hoagland's solution. Approximately 1,000 14 day old plants are sprayed with 200-250 mls of 0.001% methyl jasmonate in a 0.02% solution of the detergent Silwet L-77. At 1 hr and 6 hrs after treatment, whole seedlings, including roots, are harvested within a 15 to 20 minute time period, flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at 80° C.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A (Pioneer) are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in 1-liter beakers with 0.001% methyl jasmonate for treatment. Control plants are treated with water. After 24 hr, aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at 80° C.
  • (ii) Nitric Oxide Treatment (NaNP)
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for three days to vernalize before being transferred to a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 12,000-14,000 LUX, 20° C. and 70% humidity. Fourteen day old plants are sprayed with 5 mM sodium nitroprusside in a 0.02% Silwett L-77 solution. Control plants are sprayed with a 0.02% Silwett L-77 solution. Aerial tissues are harvested 1 hour and 6 hours after spraying, flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at 80° C.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A (Pioneer) are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in 1-liter beakers with 5 mM nitroprusside for treatment. Control plants are treated with water. After 1 hr, 6 hr and 12 hr, aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at −80° C.
  • (jj) Nitrogen: Low to High
  • Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) seeds are sown on flats containing 4 L of a 1:2 mixture of Grace Zonolite vermiculite and soil. Flats are watered with 3 L of water and vernalized at 4° C. for five days. Flats are placed in a Conviron growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark at 20° C., 80% humidity and 17,450 LUX. Flats are watered with approximately 1.5 L of water every four days. Mature, bolting plants (24 days after germination) are bottom treated with 2 L of either a control (100 mM mannitol pH 5.5) or an experimental (50 mM ammonium nitrate, pH 5.5) solution. Roots, leaves and siliques are harvested separately 30, 120 and 240 minutes after treatment, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at 80° C.
  • Hybrid maize seed (Pioneer hybrid 35A19) are aerated overnight in deionized water. Thirty seeds are plated in each flat, which contained 4 liters of Grace zonolite vermiculite. Two liters of water are bottom fed and flats were kept in a Conviron growth chamber with 16 hr light/8 hr dark at 20° C. and 80% humidity. Flats are watered with 1 L of tap water every three days. Five day old seedlings are treated as described above with 2 L of either a control (100 mM mannitol pH 6.5) solution or 1 L of an experimental (50 mM ammonium nitrate, pH 6.8) solution. Fifteen shoots per time point per treatment are harvested 10, 90 and 180 minutes after treatment, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at −80° C.
  • Alternatively, seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are left at 4° C. for 3 days to vernalize. They are then sown on vermiculite in a growth chamber having 16 hours light/8 hours dark, 12,000-14,000 LUX, 70% humidity, and 20° C. They are bottom-watered with tap water, twice weekly. Twenty-four days old plants are sprayed with either water (control) or 0.6% ammonium nitrate at 4 μL/cm2 of tray surface. Total shoots and some primary roots are cleaned of vermiculite, flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at −80° C.
  • (kk) Nitrogen High to Low
  • Wild type Arabidopsis thaliana seeds (ecotype Wassilewskija) are surface sterilized with 30% Clorox, 0.1% Triton X-100 for 5 minutes. Seeds are then rinsed with 4-5 exchanges of sterile double distilled deionized water. Seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 2-4 days in darkness. After cold treatment, seeds are plated on modified 1× MS media (without NH4NO3 or KNO3), 0.5% sucrose, 0.5 g/L MES pH5.7, 1% phytagar and supplemented with KNO3 to a final concentration of 60 mM (high nitrate modified 1× MS media). Plates are then grown for 7 days in a Percival growth chamber at 22° C. with 16 hr. light/8 hr dark.
  • Germinated seedlings are then transferred to a sterile flask containing 50 mL of high nitrate modified 1× MS liquid media. Seedlings are grown with mild shaking for 3 additional days at 22° C. in 16 hr. light/8 hr dark (in a Percival growth chamber) on the high nitrate modified 1× MS liquid media.
  • After three days of growth on high nitrate modified 1× MS liquid media, seedlings are transferred either to a new sterile flask containing 50 mL of high nitrate modified 1× MS liquid media or to low nitrate modified 1× MS liquid media (containing 20 μM KNO3). Seedlings are grown in these media conditions with mild shaking at 22° C. in 16 hr light/8 hr dark for the appropriate time points and whole seedlings harvested for total RNA isolation via the Trizol method (LifeTech.). The time points used for the microarray experiments are 10 min. and 1 hour time points for both the high and low nitrate modified 1×MS media.
  • Alternatively, seeds that are surface sterilized in 30% bleach containing 0.1% Triton X-100 and fuirther rinsed in sterile water, are planted on MS agar, (0.5% sucrose) plates containing 50 mM KNO3 (potassium nitrate). The seedlings are grown under constant light (3500 LUX) at 22° C. After 12 days, seedlings are transferred to MS agar plates containing either 1 mM KNO3 or 50 mM KNO3. Seedlings transferred to agar plates containing 50 mM KNO3 are treated as controls in the experiment. Seedlings transferred to plates with 1 mM KNO3 are rinsed thoroughly with sterile MS solution containing 1 mM KNO3. There are ten plates per transfer. Root tissue was collected and frozen in 15 mL Falcon tubes at various time points which included 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 9 hours, 12 hours, 16 hours, and 24 hours.
  • Maize 35A19 Pioneer hybrid seeds are sown on flats containing sand and grown in a Conviron growth chamber at 25° C., 16 hr light/8 hr dark, ˜13,000 LUX and 80% relative humidity. Plants are watered every three days with double distilled deionized water. Germinated seedlings are allowed to grow for 10 days and are watered with high nitrate modified 1× MS liquid media (see above). On day 11, young corn seedlings are removed from the sand (with their roots intact) and rinsed briefly in high nitrate modified 1× MS liquid media. The equivalent of half a flat of seedlings is then submerged (up to their roots) in a beaker containing either 500 mL of high or low nitrate modified 1× MS liquid media (see above for details).
  • At appropriate time points, seedlings are removed from their respective liquid media, the roots separated from the shoots and each tissue type flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at 80° C. This is repeated for each time point. Total RNA is isolated using the Trizol method (see above) with root tissues only.
  • Corn root tissues isolated at the 4 hr and 16 hr time points are used for the microarray experiments. Both the high and low nitrate modified 1× MS media are used.
  • (ll) Osmotic Stress (PEG)
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for three days to vernalize before being transferred to a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 12,000-14,000 LUX, 20° C., and 70% humidity. After 14 days, the aerial tissues are cut and placed on 3 MM Whatman paper in a petri-plate wetted with 20% PEG (polyethylene glycol-Mr 8,000) in 1× Hoagland's solution. Aerial tissues on 3 MM Whatman paper containing 1× Hoagland's solution alone serve as the control. Aerial tissues are harvested at 1 hour and 6 hours after treatment, flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at 80° C.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A (Pioneer) are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in 1-liter beakers with 20% PEG (polyethylene glycol-M, 8,000) for treatment. Control plants are treated with water. After 1 hr and 6 hr aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at 80° C.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A (Pioneer) are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in 1-liter beakers with 150 mM NaCl for treatment. Control plants were treated with water. After 1 hr, 6 hr, and 24 hr aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at 80° C.
  • (mm) Oxidative Stress-Hydrogen Peroxide Treatment (H2O2)
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for three days to vernalize before being transferred to a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 12,000-14,000 LUX, 20° C. and 70% humidity. Fourteen day old plants are sprayed with 5 mM H2O2 (hydrogen peroxide) in a 0.02% Silwett L-77 solution. Control plants are sprayed with a 0.02% Silwett L-77 solution. Aerial tissues are harvested 1 hour and 6 hours after spraying, flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at 80° C.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A (Pioneer) are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in 1-liter beakers with 5 mM H2O2 for treatment. Control plants are treated with water. After 1 hr, 6 hr and 24 hr, aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at 80° C.
  • (nn) Petals
  • Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before sowing in flats containing vermiculite soil. Flats are watered placed at 20° C. in a Conviron growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark. Whole plants (used as the control) and petals from inflorescences 23-25 days after germination are harvested, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at −80° C.
  • (oo) Pollen
  • Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before sowing in flats containing vermiculite soil. Flats are watered and placed at 20° C. in a Conviron growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark. Whole plants (used as controls) and pollen from plants 38 dap is harvested, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at −80° C.
  • (pp) Protein Degradation
  • Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) wild-type and 13B12-1 (homozygous) mutant seed are sown in pots containing Metro-mix 350 soil and incubated at 4° C. for four days. Vernalized seeds are germinated in the greenhouse (16 hr light/8 hr dark) over a 7 day period. Mutant seedlings are sprayed with 0.02% (active ingredient) Finale to confirm their transgenic standing. Plants were grown until the mutant phenotype (either multiple pistils in a single flower and/or multiple branching per node) is apparent. Young inflorescences immediately forming from the multiple-branched stems are cut and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen. Young inflorescences from wild-type plants grown in parallel and under identical conditions are collected as controls. All collected tissue is stored at 80° C. until RNA isolation.
  • (qq) Roots
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sterilized in full strength bleach for less than 5 min., washed more than 3 times in sterile distilled deionized water and plated on MS agar plates. The plates are placed at 4° C. for 3 nights and then placed vertically into a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark cycles, 23° C., 70% relative humidity and ˜11,000 LUX. After 2 weeks, the roots are cut from the agar, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at 80° C.
  • (rr) Root Hairless Mutants
  • Plants mutant at the rhl gene locus lack root hairs. This mutation is maintained as a heterozygote.
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Landsberg erecta) mutated at the rhl gene locus are sterilized using 30% bleach with 1 ul/ml 20% Triton-X 100 and then vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before being plated onto GM agar plates. Plates are placed in growth chamber with 16 hr light/8 hr. dark, 23° C., 14,500-15,900 LUX, and 70% relative humidity for germination and growth.
  • After 7 days, seedlings are inspected for root hairs using a dissecting microscope. Mutants are harvested and the cotyledons removed so that only root tissue remained. Tissue is then flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at 80° C.
  • Arabidopsis thaliana (Landsberg erecta) seedlings grown and prepared as above are used as controls.
  • Alternatively, seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Landsberg erecta), heterozygous for the rhl1 (root hairless) mutation, are surface-sterilized in 30% bleach containing 0.1% Triton X-100 and further rinsed in sterile water. They are then vernalized at 4° C. for 4 days before being plated onto MS agar plates. The plates are maintained in a growth chamber at 24° C. with 16 hr light/8 hr dark for germination and growth. After 10 days, seedling roots that expressed the phenotype (i.e. lacking root hairs) are cut below the hypocotyl junction, frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at −80° C. Those seedlings with the normal root phenotype (heterozygous or wt) are collected as described for the mutant and used as controls.
  • (ss) Root Tips
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are placed on MS plates and vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before being placed in a 25° C. growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 70% relative humidty and about 3 W/m2. After 6 days, young seedlings are transferred to flasks containing B5 liquid medium, 1% sucrose and 0.05 mg/l indole-3-butyric acid. Flasks are incubated at room temperature with 100 rpm agitation. Media is replaced weekly. After three weeks, roots are harvested and incubated for 1 hr with 2% pectinase, 0.2% cellulase, pH 7 before straining through a #80 (Sigma) sieve. The root body material remaining on the sieve (used as the control) is flash frozen and stored at −80° C. until use. The material that passes through the #80 sieve is strained through a #200 (Sigma) sieve and the material remaining on the sieve (root tips) is flash frozen and stored at 80° C. until use. Approximately 10 mg of root tips are collected from one flask of root culture.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A (Pioneer) are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 8 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and the root tips (˜2 mm long) are removed and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at 80° C. The tissues above the root tips (˜1 cm long) are cut, treated as above and used as control tissue.
  • (tt) Rosette Leaves, Stems, and Siliques
  • Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) seed was vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before sowing in Metro-mix soil type 350. Flats are placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 80% relative humidity, 23° C. and 13,000 LUX for germination and growth. After 3 weeks, rosette leaves, stems, and siliques are harvested, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at −80° C. until use. After 4 weeks, siliques (<5 mm, 5-10 mm and >10 mm) are harvested, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at −80° C. until use. Five week old whole plants (used as controls) are harvested, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and kept at 80° C. until RNA is isolated.
  • (uu) Rough Sheath2-R (rs2-R) Mutants (1400-6/S-17)
  • This experiment is conducted to identify abnormally expressed genes in the shoot apex of rough sheath2-R (rs2-R) mutant plants. rs2 encodes a myb domain DNA binding protein that functions in repression of several shoot apical meristem expressed homeobox genes. Two homeobox gene targets are known for rs2 repression, rough sheath1, liguleless 3. The recessive loss of function phenotype of rs2-R homozygous plants is described in Schneeberger et al. 1998, Development 125: 2857-2865.
  • The seed stock genetically segregates 1:1 for rs2-R/rs2-R:rs2-R/+
  • Preparation of tissue samples: 160 seedlings pooled from 2 and 3 week old plants grown in sand. Growth conditions; Conviron #107 at 12 hr days/12 hr night, 25° C., 75% humidity. Shoot apex was dissected to include leaf three and older.
  • 1) rough sheath2-R homozygous (mutant) shoot apex
  • 2) rough sheath2-R heterozygous (wild-type, control) shoot apex.
  • (vv) rt1
  • The rt1 allele is a variation of rt1 rootless1 and is recessive. Plants displaying the rt1 phenotype have few or no secondary roots.
  • Seed from plants segregating for rt1 are sown on sand and placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 13,000 LUX, 70% humidity and 20° C. temperature. Plants are watered every three days with tap water. Eleven (11) day old seedlings are carefully removed from the sand, keeping the roots intact. rt1-type seedlings are separated from their wild-type counterparts and the root tissue isolated. Root tissue from normal seedlings (control) and rt1 mutants is flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at 80° C. until use.
  • (ww) S4 Immature Buds, Inflorescence Meristem
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light: 8 hr dark) conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity, and 22° C. temperature. Inflorescences containing immature floral buds [stages 1-12; Smyth et al., 1990] as well as the inflorescence meristem are harvested and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen
  • (xx) S5 Flowers (Opened)
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light: 8 hr dark) conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity, and 22° C. temperature. Mature, unpollinated flowers [stages 12-14; Smyth et al. 1990] are harvested and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen.
  • (yy) S6 Siliques (All Stages)
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown in pots and left at 4° C. for two to three days to vernalize. They are then transferred to a growth chamber. Plants are grown under long-day (16 hr light: 8 hr dark) conditions, 7000-8000 LUX light intensity, 70% humidity, and 22° C. temperature. Siliques bearing developing seeds containing post fertilization through pre-heart stage [0-72 hours after fertilization (HAF)], heart-through early curled cotyledon stage [72-120 HAF] and late-curled cotyledon stage [>120 HAF] embryos are harvested separately and pooled prior to RNA isolation in a mass ratio of 1:1:1. The tissues are then flash frozen in liquid nitrogen. Bowman (1994) reviews and provides a description of the stages of Arabidopsis embryogenesis used.
  • (zz) Salicylic Acid (SA)
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for 4 days to vernalize before being transferred to a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr. dark, 13,000 LUX, 70% humidity, 20° C. temperature and watered twice a week with 1 L of a 1× Hoagland's solution. Approximately 1,000 14 day old plants are sprayed with 200-250 mls of 5 mM salicylic acid (solubilized in 70% ethanol) in a 0.02% solution of the detergent Silwet L-77. At 1 hr and 6 hrs after treatment, whole seedlings, including roots, are harvested within a 15 to 20 minute time period flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at 80° C.
  • Alternatively, seeds of wild-type Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Columbia) and mutant CS3726 are sown in soil type 200 mixed with osmocote fertilizer and Marathon insecticide and left at 4° C. for 3 days to vernalize. Flats are incubated at room temperature with continuous light. Sixteen days post germination plants are sprayed with 2 mM SA, 0.02% SilwettL-77 or control solution (0.02% SilwettL-77. Aerial parts or flowers were harvested 1 hr, 4 hr, 6 hr, 24 hr and 3 weeks post-treatment flash frozen and stored at −80° C.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A (Pioneer) are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and placed in 1-liter beakers with 2 mM SA for treatment. Control plants are treated with water. After 12 hr and 24 hr, aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at −80° C.
  • (aaa) Salt
  • Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before sowing in flats containing vermiculite soil. Flats are placed at 20° c. in a conviron growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark. Whole plants (used as controls) receive water. Other plants are treated with 100 mm nacl. After 6 hr and 72 hr, aerial and root tissues are harvested and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at −80° C.
  • (bbb) Shoots
  • Sterilized wild-type Arabidopsis thaliana seeds (ecotype Wassilewskija) are sown on MS plates (0.5% sucrose, 1.5% agar) after 3 day-cold treatment. The plates are placed vertically in a Percival growth chamber (16:8 light cycles, 22° C.) so that roots grow vertically on the agar surface. The shoots or aerials, harvested after 7d- and 14d-growth in the chamber, are used as the experimental samples. The control sample is derived from tissues harvested from 3 week-old plants that are grown in soil in a Conviron chamber (16:8 light cycles, 22° C.), including rosettes, roots, stems, flowers, and siliques.
  • (ccc) Shoot Apical Meristem (stm)
  • Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Landsberg erecta) plants mutant at the stm gene locus lack shoot meristems, produce aerial rosettes, have a reduced number of flowers per inflorescence, as well as a reduced number of petals, stamens and carpels, and is female sterile. This mutation is maintained as a heterozygote.
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Landsberg erecta) mutated at the stm locus are sterilized using 30% bleach with 1 ul/ml 20% Triton-X100. The seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before being plated onto GM agar plates. Half are then put into a 22° C., 24 hr light growth chamber and half in a 24° C. 16 hr light/8 hr dark growth chamber having 14,500-15,900 LUX, and 70% relative humidity for germination and growth.
  • After 7 days, seedlings are examined for leaf primordia using a dissecting microscope. Presence of leaf primordia indicated a wild type phenotype. Mutants are selected based on lack of leaf primordia. Mutants are then harvested and hypocotyls removed leaving only tissue in the shoot region. Tissue is then flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at −80° C.
  • Control tissue is isolated from 5 day old Landsberg erecta seedlings grown in the same manner as above. Tissue from the shoot region is harvested in the same manner as the stm tissue, but only contains material from the 24° C., 16 hr light/8 hr dark long day cycle growth chamber.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A (Pioneer) are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 8 days. Seedlings are carefully removed from the sand and the outer layers of leaf shealth removed. About 2 mm sections are cut and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at 80° C. The tissues above the shoot apices (˜1 cm long) are cut, treated as above and used as control tissue.
  • (ddd) Siliques
  • Wild type Arabidopsis thaliana (ecotype Wassilewskija) seeds are sown in moistened soil mix, metromix 200 with osmocote, and stratified at 4° C. for 3 days in dark. Flats are placed in a Conviron growth chamber maintained at 16 h light (22° C.), 8 h dark (20° C.) and 70% humidity. After 3 weeks, siliques (<5 mm long) are collected in liquid nitrogen. The control samples are 3-week old whole plants (including all tissue types) grown in the same Conviron growth chamber.
  • (eee) Trichomes
  • Arabidopsis thaliana (Colombia glabrous) inflorescences are used as a control and CS8143 (hairy inflorescence ecotype) inflorescences, having increased trichomes, are used as the experimental sample.
  • Approximately 10 μl of each type of seed is sown on a flat of 350 soil (containing 0.03% marathon) and vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days. Plants are then grown at room temperature under florescent lighting. Young inflorescences are collected at 30 days for the control plants and 37 days for the experimental plants. Each inflorescence is cut into one-half inch (½″) pieces, flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at −80° C. until RNA is isolated.
  • (fff) Wounding
  • Seeds of Arabidopsis thaliana (Wassilewskija) are sown in trays and left at 4° C. for three days to vernalize before being transferred to a growth chamber having 16 hr light/8 hr dark, 12,000-14,000 LUX, 70% humidity and 20° C. After 14 days, the leaves are wounded with forceps. Aerial tissues are harvested 1 hour and 6 hours after wounding. Aerial tissues from unwounded plants serve as controls. Tissues are flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at 80° C.
  • Seeds of maize hybrid 35A (Pioneer) are sown in water-moistened sand in flats (10 rows, 5-6 seed/row) and covered with clear, plastic lids before being placed in a growth chamber having 16 hr light (25° C.)/8 hr dark (20° C.), 75% relative humidity and 13,000-14,000 LUX. Covered flats are watered every three days for 7 days. Seedlings are wounded (one leaf nicked by scissors) and placed in 1-liter beakers of water for treatment. Control plants are treated not wounded. After 1 hr and 6 hr aerial and root tissues are separated and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to storage at 80° C.
  • (ggg) 3642-1
  • 3642-1 is a T-DNA mutant that affects leaf development. This mutant segregates 3:1, wild-type:mutant. Arabidopsis thaliana 3642-1 mutant seeds are vernalized at 4° C. for 3 days before sowing in flats of MetroMix 200. Flats are placed in the greenhouse, watered and grown to the 8 leaf, pre-flower stage. Stems and rosette leaves are harvested from the mutants and the wild-type segregants, flash frozen and stored at −80° C.
  • 2. Microarray Hybridization Procedures
  • Microarray technology provides the ability to monitor mRNA transcript levels of thousands of genes in a single experiment. These experiments simultaneously hybridize two differentially labeled fluorescent cDNA pools to glass slides that have been previously spotted with cDNA clones of the same species. Each arrayed cDNA spot has a corresponding ratio of fluorescence that represents the level of disparity between the respective mRNA species in the two sample pools. Thousands of polynucleotides are spotted on one slide, and each experiment generates a global expression pattern.
  • Coating Slides
  • The microarray consists of a chemically coated microscope slide, referred to herein as a “chip” with numerous polynucleotide samples arrayed at a high density. The poly-L-lysine coating allows for this spotting at high density by providing a hydrophobic surface, reducing the spreading of spots of DNA solution arrayed on the slides. Glass microscope slides (Gold Seal #3010 manufactured by Gold Seal Products, Portsmouth, N.H., USA) are coated with a 0.1% W/V solution of Poly-L-lysine (Sigma, St. Louis, Mo.) using the following protocol:
      • 1. Slides are placed in slide racks (Shandon Lipshaw #121). The racks are then put in chambers (Shandon Lipshaw #121).
      • 2. Cleaning solution is prepared:
        • 70 g NaOH is dissolved in 280 mL ddH2O.
        • 420 mL 95% ethanol is added. The total volume is 700 mL (=2×350 mL); it is stirred until completely mixed. If the solution remains cloudy, ddH2O is added until clear.
      • 3. The solution is poured into chambers with slides; the chambers are covered with glass lids. The solution is mixed on an orbital shaker for 2 hr.
      • 4. The racks are quickly transferred to fresh chambers filled with ddH2O. They are rinsed vigorously by plunging racks up and down. Rinses are repeated 4× with fresh ddH2O each time, to remove all traces of NaOH-ethanol.
      • 5. Polylysine solution is prepared:
        • 0 mL poly-L-lysine+70 mL tissue culture PBS in 560 mL water, using plastic graduated cylinder and beaker.
      • 6. Slides are transferred to polylysine solution and shaken for 1 hr.
      • 7. The rack is transferred to a fresh chambers filled with ddH2O. It is plunged up and down 5× to rinse.
      • 8. The slides are centrifuged on microtiter plate carriers (paper towels are placed below the rack to absorb liquid) for 5 min. @ 500 rpm. The slide racks are transferred to empty chambers with covers.
      • 9. Slide racks are dried in a 45 C oven for 10 min.
      • 10. The slides are stored in a closed plastic slide box.
      • 11. Normally, the surface of lysine coated slides is not very hydrophobic immediately after this process, but becomes increasingly hydrophobic with storage. A hydrophobic surface helps ensure that spots do not run together while printing at high densities. After they ag for 10 days to a month, the slides are ready to use. However, coated slides that have been sitting around for long periods of time are usually too old to be used. This is because they develop opaque patches, visible when held to the light, and these result in high background hybridization from the fluorescent probe. Alternatively, pre-coated glass slides are purchased from TeleChem International, Inc. (Sunnyvale, Calif., 94089; catalog number SMM-25, Superamine substrates).
        PCR Amplification of cDNA Clone Inserts
  • Polynucleotides are amplified from Arabidopsis cDNA clones using insert specific probes. The resulting 100 uL PCR reactions are purified with Qiaquick 96 PCR purification columns (Qiagen, Valencia, Calif., USA) and eluted in 30 uL of 5 mM Tris. 8.5 uL of the elution are mixed with 1.5 uL of 20×SSC to give a final spotting solution of DNA in 3×SSC. The concentrations of DNA generated from each clone vary between 10-100 ng/ul, but are usually about 50 ng/ul.
  • Arraying of PCR Products on Glass Slides
  • PCR products from cDNA clones are spotted onto the poly-L-Lysine coated glass slides using an arrangement of quill-tip pins (ChipMaker 3 spotting pins; Telechem, International, Inc., Sunnyvale, Calif., USA) and a robotic arrayer (PixSys 3500, Cartesian Technologies, Irvine, Calif., USA). Around 0.5 nl of a prepared PCR product is spotted at each location to produce spots with approximately 100 um diameters. Spot center-to-center spacing is from 180 um to 210 um depending on the array. Printing is conducted in a chamber with relative humidity set at 50%.
  • Slides containing maize sequences are purchased from Agilent Technology (Palo Alto, Calif. 94304).
  • Post-Processing of Slides
  • After arraying, slides are processed through a series of steps—rehydration, UV cross-linking, blocking and denaturation—required prior to hybridization. Slides are rehydrated by placing them over a beaker of warm water (DNA face down), for 2-3 sec, to distribute the DNA more evenly within the spots, and then snap dried on a hot plate (DNA side, face up). The DNA is then cross-linked to the slides by UV irradiation (60-65 mJ; 2400 Stratalinker, Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif., USA).
  • Following this, a blocking step is performed to modify remaining free lysine groups, and hence minimize their ability to bind labeled probe DNA. To achieve this the arrays are placed in a slide rack. An empty slide chamber is left ready on an orbital shaker. The rack is bent slightly inwards in the middle, to ensure the slides do not run into each other while shaking. The blocking solution is prepared as follows:
  • 3×350-ml glass chambers (with metal tops) are set to one side, and a large round Pyrex dish with dH2O is placed ready in the microwave. At this time, 15 ml sodium borate is prepared in a 50 ml conical tube.
  • 6-g succinic anhydride is dissolved in approx. 325-350 mL 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone. Rapid addition of reagent is crucial.
  • a. Immediately after the last flake of the succinic anhydride dissolves, the 15-mL sodium borate is added.
  • b. Immediately after the sodium borate solution is mixed in, the solution is poured into an empty slide chamber.
  • c. The slide rack is plunged rapidly and evenly in the solution. It is vigorously shaken up and down for a few seconds, making sure slides never leave the solution.
  • d. It is mixed on an orbital shaker for 15-20 min. Meanwhile, the water in the Pyrex dish (enough to cover slide rack) is heated to boiling.
  • Following this, the slide rack is gently plunged in the 95 C water (just stopped boiling) for 2 min. Then the slide rack is plunged 5× in 95% ethanol. The slides and rack are centrifuged for 5 min. @ 500 rpm. The slides are loaded quickly and evenly onto the carriers to avoid streaking. The arrays are used immediately or stored in a slide box.
  • The Hybridization process begins with the isolation of mRNA from the two tissues in question (see “Isolation of total RNA” and “Isolation of mRNA”, below) followed by their conversion to single stranded cDNA (see “Generation of probes for hybridization”, below). The cDNA from each tissue is independently labeled with a different fluorescent dye and then both samples are pooled together. This final differentially labeled cDNA pool is then placed on a processed microarray and allowed to hybridize (see “Hybridization and wash conditions”, below).
  • Isolation of Total RNA
  • Approximately 1 g of plant tissue is ground in liquid nitrogen to a fine powder and transferred into a 50-ml centrifuge tube containing 10 ml of Trizol reagent. The tube is vigorously vortexed for 1 min and then incubated at room temperature for 10-20 min. on an orbital shaker at 220 rpm. Two ml of chloroform are added to the tube and the solution vortexed vigorously for at least 30-sec before again incubating at room temperature with shaking. The sample is then centrifuged at 12,000×g (10,000 rpm) for 15-20 min at 4° C. The aqueous layer is removed and mixed by inversion with 2.5 ml of 1.2 M NaCl/0.8 M Sodium Citrate and 2.5 ml of isopropyl alcohol added. After a 10 min. incubation at room temperature, the sample is centrifuged at 12,000×g (10,000 rpm) for 15 min at 4° C. The pellet is washed with 70% ethanol, re-centrifuged at 8,000 rpm for 5 min and then air dried at room temperature for 10 min. The resulting total RNA is dissolved in either TE (10 mM Tris-HCl, 1 mM EDTA, pH 8.0) or DEPC (diethylpyrocarbonate) treated deionized water (RNAse-free water). For subsequent isolation of mRNA using the Qiagen kit, the total RNA pellet is dissolved in RNAse-free water.
  • Isolation of mRNA
  • mRNA is isolated using the Qiagen Oligotex mRNA Spin-Column protocol (Qiagen, Valencia, Calif.). Briefly, 500 μl OBB buffer (20 mM Tris-Cl, pH 7.5, 1 M NaCl, 2 mM EDTA, 0.2% SDS) is added to 500 μl of total RNA (0.5-0.75 mg) and mixed thoroughly. The sample is first incubated at 70° C. for 3 min, then at room temperature for 10 minutes and finally centrifuged for 2 min at 14,000-18,000×g. The pellet is resuspended in 400 μl OW2 buffer (10 mM Tris-Cl, pH 7.5, 150 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA) by vortexing, the resulting solution placed on a small spin column in a 1.5 ml RNase-free microcentrifuge tube and centrifuged for 1 min at 14,000-18,000×g. The spin column is transferred to a new 1.5 ml RNase-free microcentrifuge tube and washed with 400 μl of OW2 buffer. To release the isolated mRNA from the resin, the spin column is again transferred to a new RNase-free 1.5 ml microcentrifuge tube, 20-100 μl 70° C. OEB buffer (5 mM Tris-Cl, pH 7.5) added and the resin resuspended in the resulting solution via pipeting. The mRNA solution is collected after centrifuging for 1 min at 14,000-18,000×g.
  • Alternatively, mRNA is isolated using the Stratagene Poly(A) Quik mRNA Isolation Kit (Startagene, La Jolla, Calif.). Here, up to 0.5 mg of total RNA (maximum volume of 1 ml) are incubated at 65° C. for 5 minutes, snap cooled on ice and 0.1× volumes of 10× sample buffer (10 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 1 mM EDTA (pH 8.0) 5 M NaCl) added. The RNA sample is applied to a prepared push column and passed through the column at a rate of ˜1 drop every 2 sec. The solution collected is reapplied to the column and collected as above. 200 μl of high salt buffer (10 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 1 mM EDTA, 0.5 NaCl) are applied to the column and passed through the column at a rate of ˜1 drop every 2 sec. This step is repeated and followed by three low salt buffer (10 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 1 mM EDTA, 0.1 M NaCl) washes preformed in a similar manner. mRNA is eluted by applying to the column four separate 200 μl aliquots of elution buffer (10 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 1 mM EDTA) preheated to 65° C. Here, the elution buffer is passed through the column at a rate of 1 drop/sec. The resulting mRNA solution is precipitated by adding 0.1× volumes of 10× sample buffer, 2,5 volumes of ice-cold 100% ethanol, incubating overnight at −20° C. and centrifuging at 14,000-18,000×g for 20-30 min at 4° C. The pellet is washed with 70% ethanol and air dried for 10 min. at room temperature before resuspension in RNase-free deionized water.
  • Preparation of Yeast Controls
  • Plasmid DNA is isolated from the following yeast clones using Qiagen filtered maxiprep kits (Qiagen, Valencia, Calif.): YAL022c(Fun26), YAL031c(Fun21), YBR032w, YDL131w, YDL182w, YDL194w, YDL196w, YDR050c and YDR116c. Plasmid DNA is linearized with either BsrBI (YAL022c(Fun26), YAL031c(Fun21), YDL131w, YDL182w, YDL194w, YDL196w, YDR050c) or AflIII (YBR032w, YDR116c) and isolated.
  • In Vitro Transcription of Yeast Clones
  • The following solution is incubated at 37° C. for 2 hours: 17 μl of isolated yeast insert DNA (1 μg), 20 μl 5× buffer, 10 μl 100 mM DTT, 2.5 μl (100 U) RNasin, 20 μl 2.5 mM (ea.) rNTPs, 2.7 μl (40 U) SP6 polymerase and 27.8 μl RNase-free deionized water. 2 μl (2 U) Ampli DNase I is added and the incubation continued for another 15 min. 10 μl 5M NH4OAC and 100 μl phenol:chloroform:isoamyl alcohol (25:24:1) are added, the solution vortexed and then centrifuged to separate the phases. To precipitate the RNA, 250 μl ethanol is added and the solution incubated at −20° C. for at least one hour. The sample is then centrifuged for 20 min at 4° C. at 14,000-18,000×g, the pellet washed with 500 μl of 70% ethanol, air dried at room temperature for 10 min and resuspended in 100 μl of RNase-free deionized water. The precipitation procedure is then repeated.
  • Alternatively, after the two-hour incubation, the solution is extracted with phenol/chloroform once before adding 0.1 volume 3M sodium acetate and 2.5 volumes of 100% ethanol. The solution is centrifuged at 15,000 rpm, 4° C. for 20 minutes and the pellet resuspended in RNase-free deionized water. The DNase I treatment is carried out at 37° C. for 30 minutes using 2 U of Ampli DNase I in the following reaction condition: 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 10 mM MgCl2. The DNase I reaction is then stopped with the addition of NH4OAC and phenol:chloroform:isoamyl alcohol (25:24:1), and RNA isolated as described above.
  • 0.15-2.5 ng of the in vitro transcript RNA from each yeast clone are added to each plant mRNA sample prior to labeling to serve as positive (internal) probe controls.
  • Generation of Probes for Hybridization
  • Generation of Labeled Probes for Hybridization from First-Strand cDNA
  • Hybridization probes are generated from isolated mRNA using an Atlas™ Glass Fluorescent Labeling Kit (Clontech Laboratories, Inc., Palo Alto, Calif., USA). This entails a two step labeling procedure that first incorporates primary aliphatic amino groups during cDNA synthesis and then couples fluorescent dye to the cDNA by reaction with the amino functional groups. Briefly, 5 μg of oligo(dT)18 primer d(TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTV) is mixed with Poly A+ mRNA (1.5-2 μg mRNA isolated using the Qiagen Oligotex mRNA Spin-Column protocol or-the Stratagene Poly(A) Quik mRNA Isolation protocol (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif., USA)) in a total volume of 25 μl. The sample is incubated in a thermocycler at 70° C. for 5 min, cooled to 48° C. and 10 μL of 5× cDNA Synthesis Buffer (kit supplied), 5 μl 10× dNTP mix (dATP, dCTP, dGTP, dTTP and aminoallyl-dUTP; kit supplied), 7.5 μl deionized water and 2.5 μl MMLV Reverse Transcriptase (500 U) added. The reaction is then incubated at 48° C. for 30 minutes, followed by 1 hr incubation at 42° C. At the end of the incubation the reaction is heated to 70° C. for 10 min, cooled to 37° C. and 0.5 μl (5 U) RNase H added, before incubating for 15 min at 37° C. The solution is vortexed for 1 min after the addition of 0.5 μl 0.5 M EDTA and 5 μl of QuickClean Resin (kit supplied) then centrifuged at 14,000-18,000×g for 1 min. After removing the supernatant to a 0.45 μm spin filter (kit supplied), the sample is again centrifuged at 14,000-18,000×g for 1 min, and 5.5 μl 3 M sodium acetate and 137.5 μl of 100% ethanol added to the sample before incubating at −20° C. for at least 1 hr. The sample is then centrifuged at 14,000-18,000×g at 4° C. for 20 min, the resulting pellet washed with 500 μl 70% ethanol, air-dried at room temperature for 10 min and resuspended in 10 μl of 2× fluorescent labeling buffer (kit provided). 10 μl each of the fluorescent dyes Cy3 and Cy5 (Amersham Pharmacia (Piscataway, N.J., USA); prepared according to Atlas™ kit directions of Clontech) are added and the sample incubated in the dark at room temperature for 30 min.
  • The fluorescently labeled first strand cDNA is precipitated by adding 2 μl 3M sodium acetate and 50 μl 100% ethanol, incubated at −20° C. for at least 2 hrs, centrifuged at 14,000-18,000×g for 20 min, washed with 70% ethanol, air-dried for 10 min and dissolved in 100 μl of water.
  • Alternatively, 3-4 μg mRNA, 2.5 (˜8.9 ng of in vitro translated mRNA) μl yeast control and 3 μg oligo dTV (TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT(A/C/G) are mixed in a total volume of 24.7 μl. The sample is incubated in a thermocycler at 70° C. for 10 min. before chilling on ice. To this, 8 μl of 5× first strand buffer (SuperScript II RNase H-Reverse Transcriptase kit from Invitrogen (Carlsbad, Calif. 92008); cat no. 18064022), 0.8° C. of aa-dUTP/dNTP mix (50×; 25 mM dATP, 25 mM dGTP, 25 mM dCTP, 15 mM dTTP, 10 mM aminoallyl-dUTP), 4 μl of 0.1 M DTT and 2.5 μl (500 units) of Superscript R.T.II enzyme (Stratagene) are added. The sample is incubated at 42° C. for 2 hours before a mixture of 10° C. of 1M NaOH and 10° C. of 0.5 M EDTA are added. After a 15 minute incubation at 65° C., 25 μl of 1 M Tris pH 7.4 is added. This is mixed with 450 μl of water in a Microcon 30 column before centrifugation at 11,000×g for 12 min. The column is washed twice with 450 μl (centrifugation at 11,000 g, 12 min.) before eluting the sample by inverting the Microcon column and centrifuging at 11,000×g for 20 seconds. Sample is dehydrated by centrifugation under vacuum and stored at −20° C.
  • Each reaction pellet is dissolved in 9 μl of 0.1 M carbonate buffer (0.1 M sodium carbonate and sodium bicarbonate, pH=8.5-9) and 4.5 μl of this placed in two microfuge tubes. 4.5 μl of each dye (in DMSO) are added and the mixture incubated in the dark for 1 hour. 4.5 μl of 4 M hydroxylamine is added and again incubated in the dark for 15 minutes.
  • Regardless of the method used for probe generation, the probe is purified using a Qiagen PCR cleanup kit (Qiagen, Valencia, Calif., USA), and eluted with 100 ul EB (kit provided). The sample is loaded on a Microcon YM-30 (Millipore, Bedford, Mass., USA) spin column and concentrated to 4-5 ul in volume. Probes for maize microarrays are generated using the Fluorescent Linear Amplification Kit (cat. No. G2556A) from Agilent Technologies (Palo Alto, Calif.).
  • Hybridization and Wash Conditions
  • The following Hybridization and Washing Condition are used:
  • Hybridization Conditions:
  • Labeled probe is heated at 95° C. for 3 min and chilled on ice. Then 25 μL of the hybridization buffer which is warmed at 42 C is added to the probe, mixing by pipeting, to give a final concentration of:
  • 50% formamide
  • 4×SSC
  • 0.03% SDS
  • 5× Denhardt's solution
  • 0.1 μg/ml single-stranded salmon sperm DNA
  • The probe is kept at 42 C. Prior to the hybridization, the probe is heated for 1 more min., added to the array, and then covered with a glass cover slip. Slides are placed in hybridization chambers (Telechem, Sunnyvale, Calif.) and incubated at 42° C. overnight.
  • Washing Conditions:
    • A. Slides are washed in 1×SSC+0.03% SDS solution at room temperature for 5 minutes,
    • B. Slides are washed in 0.2×SSC at room temperature for 5 minutes,
    • C. Slides are washed in 0.05×SSC at room temperature for 5 minutes.
  • After A, B, and C, slides are spun at 800×g for 2 min. to dry. They are then scanned.
  • Maize microarrays are hybridized according to the instructions included Fluorescent Linear Amplification Kit (cat. No. G2556A) from Agilent Technologies (Palo Alto, Calif.).
  • Scanning of Slides
  • The chips are scanned using a ScanArray 3000 or 5000 (General Scanning, Watertown, Mass., USA). The chips are scanned at 543 and 633 nm, at 10 um resolution to measure the intensity of the two fluorescent dyes incorporated into the samples hybridized to the chips.
  • Data Extraction and Analysis
  • The images generated by scanning slides consiste of two 16-bit TIFF images representing the fluorescent emissions of the two samples at each arrayed spot. These images are then quantified and processed for expression analysis using the data extraction software Imagene™ (Biodiscovery, Los Angeles, Calif., USA). Imagene output is subsequently analyzed using the analysis program Genespring™ (Silicon Genetics, San Carlos, Calif., USA). In Genespring, the data is imported using median pixel intensity measurements derived from Imagene output. Background subtraction, ratio calculation and normalization are all conducted in Genespring. Normalization is achieved by breaking the data in to 32 groups, each of which represented one of the 32 pin printing regions on the microarray. Groups consist of 360 to 550 spots. Each group is independently normalized by setting the median of ratios to one and multiplying ratios by the appropriate factor.
  • RESULTS
  • The MA Table presents the results of the differential expression experiments for the mRNAs, as reported by their corresponding cDNA ID number, that are differentially transcribed under a particular set of conditions as compared to a control sample. The cDNA ID numbers correspond to those used in the Sequence and Reference Tables. Increases in mRNA abundance levels in experimental plants versus the controls are denoted with the plus sign (+). Likewise, reductions in mRNA abundance levels in the experimental plants are denoted with the minus (−) sign.
  • The Table is organized according to the clone number with each set of experimental conditions being denoted by a “short name” followed by the term “Expt Rep ID.” The table also provides the parameters for the experimental treatment associated with each “Expt Rep ID.”
  • The invention being thus described, it will be apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art that various modifications of the materials and methods for practicing the invention can be made. Such modifications are to be considered within the scope of the invention as defined by the following claims.
  • Each of the references from the patent and periodical literature cited herein is hereby expressly incorporated in its entirety by such citation.

Claims (15)

1. An isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising:
a) a nucleic acid having a nucleotide sequence which encodes an amino acid sequence exhibiting at least 85% sequence identity to an amino acid sequence in TABLE 1;
b) a nucleic acid which is a complement of a nucleotide sequence according to paragraph (a);
c) a nucleic acid which is the reverse of the nucleotide sequence according to subparagraph (a), such that the reverse nucleotide sequence has a sequence order which is the reverse of the sequence order of the nucleotide sequence according to subparagraph (a); or
d) a nucleic acid capable of hybridizing to a nucleic acid according to any one of paragraphs (a)-(c), under conditions that permit formation of a nucleic acid duplex at a temperature from about 40° C. and 48° C. below the melting temperature of the nucleic acid duplex.
2. The isolated nucleic acid molecule according to claim 1, which has the nucleotide sequence according to any sequence in TABLE 1.
3. The isolated nucleic acid molecule according to claim 1, wherein said amino acid sequence comprises any polypeptide sequence in TABLE 1.
4. A vector construct comprising:
a) a first nucleic acid having a regulatory sequence capable of causing transcription and/or translation in a plant; and
b) a second nucleic acid having the sequence of the isolated nucleic acid molecule according to any one of claims 1-3;
wherein said first and second nucleic acids are operably linked and wherein said second nucleic acid is heterologous to any element in said vector construct.
5. The vector construct according to claim 4, wherein said first nucleic acid is native to said second nucleic acid.
6. The vector construct according to claim 4, wherein said first nucleic acid is heterologous to said second nucleic acid.
7. A host cell comprising an isolated nucleic acid molecule according to any one of claims 1-3 wherein said nucleic acid molecule is flanked by exogenous sequence.
8. A host cell comprising a vector construct according to claim 4.
9. An isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence exhibiting at least 85% sequence identity of an amino acid sequence of TABLE 1.
10. A method of introducing an isolated nucleic acid into a host cell comprising:
a) providing an isolated nucleic acid molecule according to any one of claims 1-3; and
b) contacting said isolated nucleic acid with said host cell under conditions that permit insertion of said nucleic acid into said host cell.
11. A method of transforming a host cell which comprises contacting a host cell with a vector construct according to claim 4.
12. A method for detecting a nucleic acid in a sample which comprises:
a) providing an isolated nucleic acid molecule according to any one of claims 1-3;
b) contacting said isolated nucleic acid molecule with a sample under conditions which permit a comparison of the sequence of said isolated nucleic acid molecule with the sequence of DNA in said sample; and
c) analyzing the result of said comparison.
13. A plant, plant cell, plant material or seed of a plant which comprises a nucleic acid molecule according to any one of claims 1-3 which is exogenous or heterologous to said plant or plant cell.
14. A plant, plant cell, plant material or seed of a plant which comprises a vector construct according to claim 4.
15. A plant which has been regenerated from a plant cell or seed according to claims 13 or 14.
US11/241,596 2004-09-30 2005-09-30 Nucleotide sequences and polypeptides encoded thereby useful for modifying plant characteristics Abandoned US20060134786A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US11/241,596 US20060134786A1 (en) 2004-09-30 2005-09-30 Nucleotide sequences and polypeptides encoded thereby useful for modifying plant characteristics

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US61508104P 2004-09-30 2004-09-30
US11/241,596 US20060134786A1 (en) 2004-09-30 2005-09-30 Nucleotide sequences and polypeptides encoded thereby useful for modifying plant characteristics

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20060134786A1 true US20060134786A1 (en) 2006-06-22

Family

ID=36596444

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/241,596 Abandoned US20060134786A1 (en) 2004-09-30 2005-09-30 Nucleotide sequences and polypeptides encoded thereby useful for modifying plant characteristics

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (1) US20060134786A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20140119703A (en) * 2012-02-07 2014-10-10 리즈크 즈완 자드틸트 엔 자드한델 비.브이. TOMATO PLANT COMPRISING A MUTANT tghVI ALLELE
US9562236B2 (en) 2011-08-12 2017-02-07 Ceres, Inc. Transcription terminators
US10323256B2 (en) 2011-12-09 2019-06-18 Ceres, Inc. Transgenic plants having altered biomass composition
CN110283845A (en) * 2019-07-29 2019-09-27 中国科学院地理科学与资源研究所 A kind of genetically modified plants compound system is applied to the plant restoration method of contaminated soil
CN112575005A (en) * 2021-01-04 2021-03-30 昆明理工大学 Method for improving heavy metal cadmium stress resistance of tobacco and reducing cadmium enrichment

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9562236B2 (en) 2011-08-12 2017-02-07 Ceres, Inc. Transcription terminators
US10323256B2 (en) 2011-12-09 2019-06-18 Ceres, Inc. Transgenic plants having altered biomass composition
US10815496B2 (en) 2011-12-09 2020-10-27 Ceres, Inc. Transgenic plants having altered biomass composition
US10822616B2 (en) 2011-12-09 2020-11-03 Ceres, Inc. Transgenic plants having altered biomass composition
US11299747B2 (en) 2011-12-09 2022-04-12 Ceres, Inc. Transgenic plants having altered biomass composition
KR20140119703A (en) * 2012-02-07 2014-10-10 리즈크 즈완 자드틸트 엔 자드한델 비.브이. TOMATO PLANT COMPRISING A MUTANT tghVI ALLELE
KR102076019B1 (en) 2012-02-07 2020-02-11 리즈크 즈완 자드틸트 엔 자드한델 비.브이. TOMATO PLANT COMPRISING A MUTANT tghVI ALLELE
CN110283845A (en) * 2019-07-29 2019-09-27 中国科学院地理科学与资源研究所 A kind of genetically modified plants compound system is applied to the plant restoration method of contaminated soil
CN112575005A (en) * 2021-01-04 2021-03-30 昆明理工大学 Method for improving heavy metal cadmium stress resistance of tobacco and reducing cadmium enrichment

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7179904B2 (en) Promoter, promoter control elements, and combinations, and uses thereof
US7884261B2 (en) Nucleotide sequences and corresponding polypeptides conferring modulated plant growth rate and biomass in plants
US20180223303A1 (en) Sequence-determined dna fragments and corresponding polypeptides encoded thereby
US7803983B2 (en) Nucleotide sequences and corresponding polypeptides conferring modulated plant growth rate and biomass in plants
US7173121B2 (en) Promoter, promoter control elements, and combinations, and uses thereof
US20110212249A1 (en) Nucleotide sequences and corresponding polypeptides conferring modulated plant size and biomass and other characteristics in plants
US20110016587A1 (en) Promoter, promoter control elements, and combinations, and uses thereof
US20120159672A1 (en) Sequence-determined DNA fragments and corresponding polypeptides encoded thereby
US20060015970A1 (en) Nucleotide sequences and polypeptides encoded thereby useful for modifying plant characteristics
US20070174936A1 (en) Nucleotide sequences and polypeptides encoded thereby useful for modifying plant characteristics
MX2014005212A (en) Improving plant drought tolerance, nitrogen use efficiency and yield.
AU2005339695A1 (en) Nucleotide sequences and corresponding polypeptides conferring modulated plant growth rate and biomass in plants
US8481814B2 (en) Nucleotide sequences and polypeptides encoded thereby useful for modifying plant characteristics
US8278434B2 (en) Promoter, promoter control elements, and combinations, and uses thereof
US20060134786A1 (en) Nucleotide sequences and polypeptides encoded thereby useful for modifying plant characteristics
US8110724B2 (en) Nucleotide sequences and corresponding polypeptides conferring an altered flowering time in plants
AU2005339567A1 (en) Nucleotide sequences and corresponding polypeptides conferring modulated growth rate and biomass in plants
US20120216317A1 (en) Nucleotide sequences and polypeptides encoded thereby useful for increasing plant size and increasing the number and size of leaves
US7169915B2 (en) Promoter, promoter control elements, and combinations, and uses thereof
US20070101460A1 (en) Nucleotide sequences and polypeptides encoded thereby useful for producing transformed plants expressing lethal/nonviability genes
AU2012201939B2 (en) Nucleotide sequences and corresponding polypeptides conferring modulated plant growth rate and biomass in plants
KR101138984B1 (en) Genes Implicated in Enhancement of Cold or Freezing Tolerance and Transgenic Plants Using the Same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: CERES, INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:FELDMANN, KENNETH A;REEL/FRAME:017196/0791

Effective date: 20051006

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION